BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES INC
10-K/A, 2000-03-01
WOOD HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE, (NO UPHOLSTERED)
Previous: ATLANTA GAS LIGHT CO, U-3A-2, 2000-03-01
Next: MARKETING SERVICES GROUP INC, 3, 2000-03-01



<PAGE>   1
                                  UNITED STATES

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                       ----------------------------------

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                  FORM 10-K/A
                                  -----------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1


[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
   ACT OF 1934



   For the fiscal year ended November 27, 1999         Commission File No. 0-209

                   BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED
                   ------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             VIRGINIA                                  54-0135270
   -------------------------------           -------------------------------
   (State or other jurisdiction of                  (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                 Identification No.)

         3525 FAIRYSTONE PARK HIGHWAY
           BASSETT, VIRGINIA                                24055
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address of principal executive offices)              (Zip Code)

   Registrant's telephone number, including area code      540/629-6000
                                                     -----------------------

   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                                     Name of each exchange
       Title of each class:                           on which registered
       --------------------                        -------------------------

          Common Stock ($5.00 par value)           NASDAQ
          ------------------------------           ------

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
   required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
   1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing
   requirements for at least the past 90 days.

                                 [X] Yes [ ] No

   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
   405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
   the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
   statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
   amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

   The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by
   non-affiliates of the registrant as of February 22, 2000 was $144,179,431.

   The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock outstanding on February
   22, 2000 was 11,906,732.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

   (1) Portions of the Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated Annual Report
       to Stockholders for the year ended November 27, 1999 (the "Annual
       Report") are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II of this Form
       10-K.

   (2) Portions of the Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated definitive
       Proxy Statement for its 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held
       March 28, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
       pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
       "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
       Form 10-K.

<PAGE>   2
Explanatory Comment:

This Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A is being filed to correct printer
typesetting mistakes in the Report of Independent Public Accountants dated
January 17, 2000, which appears on page 17 of the Registrant's Annual Report to
Stockholders for the year ended November 27, 1999. This and other portions of
the Registrant's Annual Report are filed as Exhibit 13 hereto. No other changes
are being made to the Annual Report on Form 10-K by this Amendment No. 1.

<PAGE>   3


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         (a)  (1) The following consolidated financial statements of the
                  registrant and its subsidiaries, included in the Annual Report
                  are incorporated herein by reference thereto:

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets--November 27, 1999 and
                           November 28, 1998

                           Consolidated Statements of Operations--Years Ended
                           November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998 and November 30,
                           1997

                           Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
                           Income--Years ended November 27, 1999, November 28,
                           1998, and November 30, 1997

                           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity--
                           Years Ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998 and
                           November 30, 1997

                           Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows-- Years Ended
                           November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998 and November 30,
                           1997

                           Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           Report of Independent Public Accountants

                  International Home Furnishings Center, Inc. Financial
                  Statements are included herein on pages F-1 to F-13.

              (2) Financial Statement Schedule:
                  Schedule II - Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                  for the years ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998, and
                  November 30, 1997


              (3) Listing of Exhibits

                  3A.      Articles of Incorporation as amended are incorporated
                           herein by reference to Form 10-Q for the fiscal
                           quarter ended February 28, 1994.

                  3B.      Amendment to the By-laws dated January 18, 2000,
                           including the By-laws as amended are filed
                           herewith.

                  4.       $50 million Credit Agreement dated October 19, 1999
                           with First Union National Bank, is filed herewith.


<PAGE>   4
                                                                     - PAGE -11-


             ** 10A.       Bassett 1993 Long Term Incentive Stock Option Plan is
                           incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant's
                           Registration Statement on Form S-8 (no.33-52405)
                           filed on February 25, 1994.

             ** 10B.       Bassett Executive Deferred Compensation Plan is
                           incorporated herein by reference to Form 10-K for the
                           fiscal year ended November 30, 1997.

             ** 10C.       Bassett Supplemental Retirement Income Plan is
                           incorporated herein by reference to Form 10-K for the
                           fiscal year ended November 30, 1997.

             ** 10D.       Bassett 1993 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors as
                           amended is incorporated herein by reference to Form
                           10-K for the fiscal year ended November 28, 1998.

             ** 10E.       Bassett 1997 Employee Stock Plan is incorporated
                           herein by reference to the Registrant's Registration
                           Statement on Form S-8 ( no. 333-60327) filed on July
                           31, 1998.

                10F.       Severance Agreement and General Release dated January
                           31, 1999 between Registrant and Douglas W. Miller is
                           filed herewith.

                10G.       Severance Agreement and General Release dated
                           November 27, 1999 between Registrant and John S.
                           Lupo is filed herewith.

                13.        Portions of the Registrant's Annual Report to
                           Stockholders for the year ended November 27, 1999.

                21.        List of subsidiaries of the Registrant is filed
                           herewith.

                23A.       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP is filed herewith.

                23B.       Consent of Dixon Odom PLLC is filed herewith.

                27.        Financial Data Schedule (EDGAR filing only)


              **Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement of the
              Company.

         (b)  No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the last quarter of the
              Registrant's 1999 fiscal year.


<PAGE>   5
                                                                 -  PAGE  -12-




                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.




    By: /s/ BARRY C. SAFRIT                      Date:   3-01-00
       ---------------------------------------        --------------------------
       Barry C. Safrit
       Vice President and Chief Accounting
       Officer
          (Principal Financial Officer)





<PAGE>   6
                                                               [ ] PAGE [ ]13[ ]



                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                                  ITEM 14(a)(1)

                                CERTAIN EXHIBITS

                          YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 27, 1999


           BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                BASSETT, VIRGINIA
<PAGE>   7


                   INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                   YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997


<PAGE>   8


INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
================================================================================


TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          Page No.
                                                                                                          --------
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT..........................................................................        1

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   Balance Sheets.....................................................................................        2

   Statements of Income ..............................................................................        3

   Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit).......................................................        4

   Statements of Cash Flows...........................................................................        5

   Notes to Financial Statements......................................................................        6
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   9
                                                                           F-1

                         [DIXON ODOM PLLC LETTERHEAD]


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors
International Home Furnishings Center, Inc.
High Point, North Carolina

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of International Home
Furnishings Center, Inc. as of October 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related
statements of income, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended October 31, 1999. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of International Home Furnishings
Center, Inc. at October 31, 1999 and 1998 and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1999
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Dixon Odom PLLC
- --------------------
Dixon Odom PLLC

High Point, North Carolina
November 22, 1999



                                   ----------
                                     Page 1


<PAGE>   10
                                                                            F-2


INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
OCTOBER 31, 1999 AND 1998
================================================================================


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                                                       1999               1998
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>                <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                            $    8,004,521     $   16,396,705
   Restricted cash (Note C)                                                                  2,275,974          2,275,974
   Short-term investments                                                                       90,778             83,643
   Receivables
     Trade                                                                                   2,253,583          2,163,950
     Interest                                                                                   14,627             36,892
   Deferred income tax asset                                                                   610,000            592,000
   Prepaid expenses                                                                            806,229             55,965
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS        14,055,712         21,605,129
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost
   Land and land improvements                                                                3,293,772          3,293,772
   Buildings, exclusive of theater complex                                                  75,439,170         75,196,472
   Furniture and equipment                                                                   3,631,421          3,536,662
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                                            82,364,363         82,026,906
   Accumulated depreciation                                                                (43,926,570)       (41,727,981)
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                                            38,437,793         40,298,925
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
OTHER ASSETS
   Theater complex, at cost less amortization (Note G)                                         976,854          1,020,109
   Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization
    of $104,413 in 1999 and $20,883 in 1998                                                    480,296            563,826
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                                             1,457,150          1,583,935
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                        TOTAL ASSETS    $   53,950,655     $   63,487,989
                                                                                        ==============     ==============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Accounts payable, trade                                                              $      780,010     $      793,617
   Accrued property taxes                                                                    1,667,283          1,668,201
   Other accrued expenses                                                                      811,121            935,796
   Rents received in advance                                                                 1,613,689          1,478,883
   Current maturities of long-term debt                                                      9,295,564          8,667,074
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                           TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES        14,167,667         13,543,571
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
LONG-TERM DEBT                                                                              55,654,584         64,950,148
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
   Supplemental retirement benefits                                                          1,504,227            963,091
   Deferred income tax liability                                                             1,454,000          1,936,000
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                                             2,958,227          2,899,091
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
COMMITMENT (Note G)

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
   Common stock, $5 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
    527,638 shares issued and outstanding in 1999 and 1998                                   2,638,190          2,638,190
   Additional paid-in capital                                                                  169,360            169,360
   Accumulated deficit                                                                     (21,637,373)       (20,712,371)
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                                                           (18,829,823)       (17,904,821)
                                                                                        --------------     --------------
                                                               TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
                                                               STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT    $   53,950,655     $   63,487,989
                                                                                        ==============     ==============
</TABLE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to financial statements.                           Page 2


<PAGE>   11
                                                                            F-3


INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1999                 1998                1997
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>                 <C>
OPERATING REVENUES
   Rental income                                                $     31,684,174     $    31,046,712     $     31,099,737
   Other revenues                                                      6,472,825           6,333,233            5,907,086
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                    TOTAL OPERATING REVENUES          38,156,999          37,379,945           37,006,823
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
   Compensation and benefits                                           4,084,283           3,648,331            3,503,952
   Market and promotional                                              2,558,772           2,554,960            2,705,908
   Maintenance and building costs                                        862,804             743,347            1,188,784
   Depreciation expense                                                2,202,723           2,187,359            2,191,755
   Rent                                                                  152,234             138,835              138,835
   Property taxes and insurance                                        1,987,898           2,012,249            2,061,772
   Utilities                                                           1,652,068           1,769,612            1,685,299
   Other operating costs                                                 617,201             472,929              439,691
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                    TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES          14,117,983          13,527,622           13,915,996
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                      INCOME FROM OPERATIONS          24,039,016          23,852,323           23,090,827
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

NONOPERATING INCOME
   Interest income                                                       929,317             802,224            1,552,708
   Dividend income                                                         3,692               4,188                3,874
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                   TOTAL NONOPERATING INCOME             933,009             806,412            1,556,582
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

NONOPERATING EXPENSES
   Interest expense                                                    4,936,077           1,517,248                    -
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                 TOTAL NONOPERATING EXPENSES           4,936,077           1,517,248                    -
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                  INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES          20,035,948          23,141,487           24,647,409

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                             7,770,000           9,103,000            9,542,000
                                                                ----------------     ---------------     ----------------

                                                  NET INCOME    $     12,265,948     $    14,038,487     $     15,105,409
                                                                ================     ===============     ================

BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE                                 $          23.25     $         26.61     $          28.63
                                                                ================     ===============     ================

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
 COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING                                               527,638             527,638              527,638
                                                                ================     ===============     ================
</TABLE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to financial statements.                           Page 3


<PAGE>   12
                                                                            F-4


INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Retained
                                                                          Additional        Earnings
                                                          Common            Paid-In       (Accumulated
                                                           Stock            Capital         Deficit)            Total
                                                      --------------    -------------     -------------    --------------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>
BALANCE, OCTOBER 31, 1996                             $    2,638,190    $     169,360     $  77,905,998    $   80,713,548

   Net income                                                      -                -        15,105,409        15,105,409
   Dividends paid ($97.50 per common share)                        -                -       (51,444,705)      (51,444,705)
                                                      --------------    -------------     -------------    --------------

BALANCE, OCTOBER 31, 1997                                  2,638,190          169,360        41,566,702        44,374,252

   Net income                                                      -                -        14,038,487        14,038,487
   Dividends paid ($144.64 per common share)                       -                -       (76,317,560)      (76,317,560)
                                                      --------------    -------------     -------------    --------------

BALANCE (DEFICIT), OCTOBER 31, 1998                        2,638,190          169,360       (20,712,371)      (17,904,821)

   Net income                                                      -                -        12,265,948        12,265,948
   Dividends paid ($25.00 per common share)                        -                -       (13,190,950)      (13,190,950)
                                                      --------------    -------------     -------------    --------------

BALANCE (DEFICIT), OCTOBER 31, 1999                   $    2,638,190    $     169,360     $ (21,637,373)   $  (18,829,823)
                                                      ==============    =============     =============    ==============
</TABLE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to financial statements.                           Page 4


<PAGE>   13
                                                                            F-5

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1999               1998               1997
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                <C>                <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income                                                        $   12,265,948     $   14,038,487     $   15,105,409
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                        2,325,374          2,247,363          2,230,876
     Provision for losses on accounts receivable                              1,360              5,286              1,963
     (Gain) loss on disposal of assets                                            -             (1,000)             2,000
     Deferred income taxes                                                 (500,000)           (77,000)          (138,000)
     Change in assets and liabilities
       (Increase) decrease in trade and interest receivables                (68,728)          (290,003)           330,334
       (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses                             (750,264)           227,098            (35,698)
       Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
        accrued expenses                                                   (139,200)           582,272           (267,282)
       Increase (decrease) in rents received in advance                     134,806            (19,689)           120,952
       Increase in supplemental retirement benefits                         541,136            159,350            147,547
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

                                             NET CASH PROVIDED BY
                                             OPERATING ACTIVITIES        13,810,432         16,872,164         17,498,101
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Increase in restricted cash                                                    -         (2,275,974)                 -
   Purchase and construction of property and equipment                     (337,457)          (484,257)          (146,092)
   Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                   -              1,000              2,000
   Purchase of short-term investments                                        (7,135)            (5,199)            (4,585)
   Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments                               -                  -            150,000
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

                                         NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)
                                          BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES          (344,592)        (2,764,430)             1,323
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from long-term debt                                                   -         75,000,000                  -
   Principal payments on long-term debt                                  (8,667,074)        (1,382,778)                 -
   Payment of deferred financing costs                                            -           (584,709)                 -
   Dividends paid                                                       (13,190,950)       (76,317,560)       (51,444,705)
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

                                                 NET CASH USED BY
                                             FINANCING ACTIVITIES       (21,858,024)        (3,285,047)       (51,444,705)
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

                                       NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
                                        CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS        (8,392,184)        10,822,687        (33,945,281)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING                                     16,396,705          5,574,018         39,519,299
                                                                     --------------     --------------     --------------

                                CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING    $    8,004,521     $   16,396,705     $    5,574,018
                                                                     ==============     ==============     ==============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION
   Cash paid during the year for:
     Income taxes                                                    $    9,049,420     $    8,965,827     $    9,707,600
     Interest expense                                                     4,988,768          1,069,696                  -
</TABLE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to financial statements.                           Page 5


<PAGE>   14
                                                                            F-6

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================



NOTE A - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Company is the lessor of permanent exhibition space to furniture and
accessory manufacturers which are headquartered throughout the United States and
in many foreign countries. This exhibition space, located in High Point, North
Carolina, is used by the Home Furnishings Industry to showcase its products at
the International Home Furnishings Market held each April and October. The
details of the operating leases with the Company's tenants are described in
Note I.

The Company has been in business since June 27, 1919, and operates under the
trade name of "International Home Furnishings Center."

NOTE B - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies relative to the carrying values of property and
equipment and theater complex are indicated in the captions on the balance
sheets. Other significant accounting policies are as follows:

Rental Income

Income from rental of exhibition space is recognized under the operating method.
Aggregate rentals are reported as income on the straight-line basis over the
lives of the leases, and expenses are charged as incurred against such income.
Future rentals under existing leases are not recorded as assets in the
accompanying balance sheets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Investment Securities

The Company has investments in debt and marketable equity securities. Debt
securities consist of obligations of state and local governments and U. S.
corporations. Marketable equity securities consist primarily of investments in
mutual funds.

Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the date
individual investment securities are acquired, and the appropriateness of such
classification is reassessed at each balance sheet date. Since the Company
neither buys investment securities in anticipation of short-term fluctuations in
market prices or commits to holding debt securities to their maturities,
investments in debt and marketable equity securities have been classified as
available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, and
unrealized holding gains and losses, if significant, net of the related deferred
tax effect, are reported as a separate component of accumulated other
comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Premiums and discounts on
investments in debt securities are amortized over their contractual lives.
Interest on debt securities is recognized in income as accrued, and dividends on
marketable equity securities are recognized in income when declared. Realized
gains and losses are included in income and are determined on the basis of the
specific securities sold.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6


<PAGE>   15
                                                                            F-7

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE B - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Property, Equipment and Depreciation

Additions and major improvements to property and equipment are recorded at cost.
Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, and minor renewals are charged to expense
as incurred. Depreciation is provided primarily on the straight-line method over
the following estimated useful lives:

        Land improvements                                     10 years
        Building structures                             20 to 50 years
        Building components                              5 to 20 years
        Furniture and equipment                          3 to 10 years

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of," the Company periodically reviews long-lived assets
when indicators of impairment exist, and if the value of the assets is impaired,
an impairment loss would be recognized.

Deferred Financing Costs

Costs associated with obtaining the term loan disclosed in Note E have been
deferred and are being amortized on the straight-line method over the term of
the related debt. Amortization expense charged to operations during the years
ended October 31, 1999 and 1998 was $83,530 and $20,883, respectively.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the
financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes
related to temporary differences between the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and their tax bases. The deferred tax assets and liabilities
represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will
either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or
settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of
changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

Earnings Per Common Share

During the year ended October 31, 1998, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which specifies
the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings per share
("EPS"). It replaces the presentation of primary and fully diluted EPS with
basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS excludes all dilution and has been computed
using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted EPS would reflect the potential dilution that would occur if securities
or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common
stock. The Company has no dilutive potential common shares.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7


<PAGE>   16
                                                                            F-8

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE B - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Retirement Plans

The Company maintains a 401(k) qualified retirement plan covering eligible
employees under which participants may contribute up to 25% of their
compensation subject to maximum allowable contributions. The Company is
obligated to contribute, on a matching basis, 50% of the first 6% of
compensation voluntarily contributed by participants. The Company may also make
additional contributions to the plan if it so elects.

In 1991, the Company adopted a nonqualified supplemental retirement benefits
plan for key management employees. Benefits payable under the plan are based
upon the participant's average compensation during his last five years of
employment and are reduced by benefits payable under the Company's qualified
retirement plan and by one-half of the participant's social security benefits.
Benefits under the plan do not vest until the attainment of normal retirement
age; however, a reduced benefit is payable if employment terminates prior to
normal retirement age because of death or disability. The Company has no
obligation to fund this supplemental plan.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE C - RESTRICTED CASH

Restricted cash consists of an interest-bearing debt service account. The
Company makes semi-annual escrow deposits each May and November in amounts
sufficient to provide interest and principal payments on the Company's term debt
for the ensuing six months.

NOTE D - INVESTMENT IN DEBT AND MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES

The following is a summary of the Company's investment in available-for-sale
securities as of October 31, 1999 and 1998:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1999
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Gross              Gross
                                           Amortized         Unrealized         Unrealized             Fair
                                             Cost               Gains             Losses               Value
                                        --------------     --------------     ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Debt securities
   State and local governments          $    5,103,547     $            -     $             -    $     5,103,547
   U. S. corporations                        1,000,000                  -                   -          1,000,000
Equity securities                               90,778                  -                   -             90,778
                                        --------------     --------------     ---------------    ---------------
                                        $    6,194,325     $            -     $             -    $     6,194,325
                                        ==============     ==============     ===============    ===============
</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8


<PAGE>   17
                                                                            F-9


INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE D - INVESTMENT IN DEBT AND MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1998
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Gross              Gross
                                           Amortized         Unrealized         Unrealized             Fair
                                             Cost               Gains             Losses               Value
                                        --------------     --------------     ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Debt securities
   State and local governments          $   10,528,478     $            -     $             -    $    10,528,478
   U. S. corporations                        3,000,000                  -                   -          3,000,000
Equity securities                               83,643                  -                   -             83,643
                                        --------------     --------------     ---------------    ---------------

                                        $   13,612,121     $            -     $             -    $    13,612,121
                                        ==============     ==============     ===============    ===============
</TABLE>


Available-for-sale securities are classified in the following balance sheet
captions as of October 31, 1999 and 1998:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1999                 1998
                                                                           ----------------     ----------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                  <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                                                  $      6,103,547     $     13,528,478
Short-term investments                                                               90,778               83,643
                                                                           ----------------     ----------------

                                                                           $      6,194,325     $     13,612,121
                                                                           ================     ================
</TABLE>


All the Company's debt securities mature within one year.

NOTE E - LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following at October 31, 1999 and 1998:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1999                  1998
                                                                          ----------------     -----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                  <C>
Term note payable, principal and interest are due in monthly
 installments of $1,137,987 through August 1, 2005, with interest
 included at 7.06%, collateralized by land and buildings with a
 carrying value of $37,870,349 at October 31, 1999                        $     64,950,148     $      73,617,222

Less current maturities                                                          9,295,564             8,667,074
                                                                          ----------------     -----------------

                                                                          $     55,654,584     $      64,950,148
                                                                          ================     =================
</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9


<PAGE>   18
                                                                           F-10

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE E - LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt are due as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ending October 31,
<S>                                           <C>
         2000                                 $      9,295,564
         2001                                        9,995,880
         2002                                       10,735,336
         2003                                       11,529,494
         2004                                       12,378,440
         2005                                       11,015,434
                                              ----------------

                                              $     64,950,148
                                              ================
</TABLE>


Under the provisions of the loan agreement, the Company is required, among other
things, to comply with restrictive loan covenants including maintaining certain
financial ratios and minimum levels of net worth and working capital. The
Company was in compliance with the terms of the loan agreement at October 31,
1999.

NOTE F - INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended
October 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999               1998               1997
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>                <C>
Federal:
   Current                                                 $     6,765,000     $    7,450,000     $    7,785,000
   Deferred                                                       (395,000)           (62,000)          (109,000)
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------
                                                                 6,370,000          7,388,000          7,676,000
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------

State:
   Current                                                       1,505,000          1,730,000          1,895,000
   Deferred                                                       (105,000)           (15,000)           (29,000)
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------
                                                                 1,400,000          1,715,000          1,866,000
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------

                                                  TOTAL    $     7,770,000     $    9,103,000     $    9,542,000
                                                           ===============     ==============     ==============
</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10


<PAGE>   19
                                                                           F-11

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE F - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

A reconciliation of the income tax provision at the federal statutory rate to
the income tax provision at the effective tax rate is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999               1998               1997
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>                <C>
Income taxes computed at the federal
 statutory rate                                            $     7,013,000     $    8,100,000     $    8,627,000
State taxes, net of federal benefit                                910,000          1,115,000          1,232,000
Nontaxable investment income                                      (180,000)          (196,000)          (414,000)
Other, net                                                          27,000             84,000             97,000
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------

                                                           $     7,770,000     $    9,103,000     $    9,542,000
                                                           ===============     ==============     ==============
</TABLE>


The components of deferred income taxes consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999               1998               1997
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>                <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
   Rents received in advance                               $       610,000     $      592,000     $      599,000
   Supplemental retirement benefits                                602,000            384,000            321,000
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------

                              TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS          1,212,000            976,000            920,000

Deferred income tax liabilities:
   Depreciation                                                 (2,056,000)        (2,320,000)        (2,341,000)
                                                           ---------------     --------------     --------------

                     TOTAL NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES    $      (844,000)    $   (1,344,000)    $   (1,421,000)
                                                           ===============     ==============     ==============
</TABLE>


NOTE G - LAND LEASE COMMITMENT

During 1975, the Company completed construction of an eleven-story exhibition
building. The building is constructed on land leased from the City of High
Point, North Carolina under a noncancelable lease. The lease is for an initial
term of fifty years with three options to renew for periods of ten years each
and a final renewal option for nineteen years. Annual rental under the lease is
$152,234 as of October 31, 1999 and is subject to adjustment at the end of each
five-year period, such adjustment being computed as defined in the lease
agreement. As part of the lease agreement, the Company constructed a theater
complex for public use and office space for use by the City of High Point on the
lower levels of the building. Annual rental cash payments over the initial
fifty-year lease term are being reduced by $39,121 which represents amortization
of the cost of the theater and office complex constructed for the City of High
Point. At the termination of the lease, the building becomes the property of the
City of High Point. Under the terms of the lease, the Company is responsible for
all expenses applicable to the exhibition portion of the building. The City of
High Point is responsible for all expenses applicable to the theater complex and
office space constructed for use by the City.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11


<PAGE>   20
                                                                           F-12

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE H - RETIREMENT EXPENSE

Amounts expensed under the Company's retirement plans amounted to $691,698,
$268,856 and $293,974 for the years ended October 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, including $541,136, $159,350 and $147,547 under the supplemental
retirement benefits plan for the years ended October 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

NOTE I - RENTALS UNDER OPERATING LEASES

The Company's leasing operations consist principally of leasing exhibition
space. Property on operating leases consists of substantially all of the asset
"buildings, exclusive of theater complex" included on the balance sheets.
Accumulated depreciation on this property amounted to $40,937,431 and
$38,909,532 at October 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Leases are typically for
five-year periods and contain provisions to escalate rentals based upon either
the increase in the consumer price index or increases in ad valorem taxes,
utility rates and charges, minimum wage imposed by federal and state
governments, maintenance contracts for elevators and air conditioning,
maintenance of common areas, social security payments, increases resulting from
collective bargaining contracts, if any, and such other similar charges and
rates required in operating the Company. Tenants normally renew their leases.

The following is a schedule of minimum future rentals under noncancelable
operating leases as of October 31, 1999, exclusive of amounts due under
escalation provisions of lease agreements:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Year Ending October 31,
<S>                                                                       <C>
            2000                                                          $     20,148,486
            2001                                                                15,420,350
            2002                                                                11,530,905
            2003                                                                 6,363,437
            2004                                                                 1,245,236
         Thereafter                                                                 74,639
                                                                          ----------------

Total minimum future rentals                                              $     54,783,053
                                                                          ================
</TABLE>


Rental income includes contingent rentals under escalation provisions of leases
of $1,322,521, $1,401,867 and $1,534,413 for the years ended October 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

NOTE J - CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of cash deposits in excess of federally insured
limits and trade accounts receivable from customers predominantly in the Home
Furnishings Industry. As of October 31, 1999, the Company's bank balances
exceeded federally insured limits by $2,110,209. The Company's trade accounts
receivable are generally collateralized by merchandise in leased exhibition
spaces which is in the Company's possession.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12


<PAGE>   21
                                                                           F-13

INTERNATIONAL HOME FURNISHINGS CENTER, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OCTOBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
================================================================================


NOTE K - STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

During the year ended October 31, 1998, the Company paid dividends of
$76,317,560 resulting in a deficit in stockholders' equity of $17,904,821 at
October 31, 1998. During the year ended October 31, 1999, the deficit was
increased because of the payment of dividends in excess of net income for the
year. The 1998 dividends were financed, in part, with the proceeds of a
$75,000,000 term loan. Although interest on this debt will negatively impact
future earnings, management believes future earnings will provide adequate
equity capital for the Company and that operating cash flows will be sufficient
to provide for debt service and for the Company's other financing and investing
needs.

NOTE L - CONSTRUCTION PLANS

The Company's Board of Directors has approved a project to add additional
exhibition space to the existing facilities. Although contractual commitments
have not been finalized, construction is expected to begin in January 2000 and
to be completed in time for tenants to utilize the additional exhibition space
for the April 2001 International Home Furnishings Market. The cost of the
construction is estimated to approximate $13,250,000 and plans are to fund the
cost with operating cash flows. The assessment of the cost and the timetable for
completion are management's estimates, and it is reasonably possible that actual
and estimated results will differ materially.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13


<PAGE>   22
                           INDEX TO FORM 10-K SCHEDULE


Exhibit No.
- -----------

   F - 14        Report of Independent Public Accountants

   F - 15        Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated. Schedule II -
                 Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years
                 ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998 and November 30,
                 1997.



<PAGE>   23
                                                                           F-14




                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Bassett Furniture Industries,
Incorporated:

We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the
financial statements included in the Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated
Annual Report to Stockholders incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, and
have issued our report thereon dated January 17, 2000. Our audit was made for
the purpose of forming an opinion on those statements taken as a whole. The
schedule on page F-15 is the responsibility of the Company's management and is
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP


Greensboro, North Carolina,
January 17, 2000.





<PAGE>   24
                                                                           F-15


                  BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED
                                   Schedule II

                  Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 For the Years Ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998 and November 30, 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Balance          Additions                                     Balance
                                                     Beginning        Charged to                                       End
                                                     Of Period     Cost and Expenses   Deductions   Other           Of Period
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        (1)
<S>                                             <C>                     <C>           <C>                 <C>            <C>
For the Year Ended November 30, 1997:
    Reserve deducted from
    assets to which it applies-
            Allowance for doubtful accounts              $1,355           $7,706        $(7,077)           ---            $1,984
                                                =================================================================================

    Restructuring reserve                                   ---          $20,646       $(14,397)           ---            $6,249
                                                =================================================================================

For the Year Ended November 28, 1998:
    Reserve deducted from
    assets to which it applies-
            Allowance for doubtful accounts              $1,984             $692          $(476)           ---            $2,200
                                                =================================================================================

    Restructuring reserve                                $6,249              ---        $(3,760)           ---            $2,489
                                                =================================================================================

For the Year Ended November 27, 1999:
    Reserve deducted from
    assets to which it applies-
            Allowance for doubtful accounts              $2,200             $680          $(322)           ---            $2,558
                                                =================================================================================

    Restructuring reserve                                $2,489              ---        $(1,173)           ---            $1,316
                                                =================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Deductions are for the purpose for which the reserve was created.
<PAGE>   25






                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit No.
- -----------

   3 B            Amendment to the By-laws dated January 18, 2000,
                  including the By-laws as amended.

     4            $50 million Credit Agreement dated October 19, 1999 with First
                  Union National Bank

   10F            Severance Agreement and General Release dated January 31, 1999
                  between Registrant and Douglas N. Miller

   10G            Severance Agreement and General Release dated November 27,
                  1999 between Registrant and John S. Lupo

    13            Portions of the Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated
                  Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended November 27,
                  1999

    21            List of subsidiaries of registrant

   23A            Consent of Independent Public Accountants

   23B            Consent of Independent Auditors

    27            Financial Data Schedule (EDGAR filing only)

<PAGE>   1

                                                                      EXHIBIT 3B

                   BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED
                      RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                                January 18, 2000

                              AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS

RESOLVED, that, effective as of the 2000 Annual Shareholders Meeting, Article
III, Section 2 of the By-laws of the Company be amended to provide that the
number of Directors shall be nine (9).
<PAGE>   2

                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                       BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                               ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Virginia shall be
located in Bassett, County of Henry. The Corporation may have such other
offices, either within or without the State of Virginia, as the Board of
Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from
time to time.

                            ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS

     SECTION 1.    ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the Shareholders shall
be held on the last Tuesday of March of each year and the hour shall be set by
the Chairman of the Board or by the President, for the purpose of electing
Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the
meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held on the day designated
for any annual meeting of the Shareholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the
Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of
the Shareholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.

     SECTION 2.    SPECIAL MEETING. Special meetings of the Shareholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called
by the Chairman of the Board, by the President, or by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 3.    PLACE OF MEETING. The Board of Directors may designate any
place, either within or without the State of Virginia unless otherwise
prescribed by statute, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any
special meeting called by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4.    NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or printed notice stating the
place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of special meeting, the purpose
or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than 10
nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by
mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the Officer
or persons calling the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be
delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Shareholder
at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid. In the event the purpose or purposes for which a
special or general meeting may be called are such that the law required a longer
notice prior to the meeting, such notice shall be as required by the law.

     SECTION 5.    QUORUM. A majority of the outstanding shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of Shareholders. If less than a majority of the
outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

     SECTION 6.    PROXIES. At all meetings of Shareholders, a Shareholder may
vote by proxy executed in writing by the Shareholder or by his duly authorized
attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the
Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

     SECTION 7.    VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share entitled to vote
shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting
of Shareholders.



1                                                               January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   3

     SECTION 8.    VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by such Officer, agent or proxy as the
by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision,
as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.

     Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be
voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares
into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him,
either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares
held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.

     Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver,
and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do be
contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was
appointed.

     A Shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

     Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or held by it in a
fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting,
and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares
at any given time.

     SECTION 9.    NOMINATIONS FOR DIRECTORS. Nominations for the election of
Directors shall be made by the Board of Directors or by any Shareholder entitled
to vote in elections of Directors. However, any Shareholder entitled to vote in
elections of Directors may nominate one or more persons for election as
Directors at an annual meeting only if written notice of such Shareholder's
intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal
delivery or by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to
the Secretary of the Corporation not later than 90 days prior to the date of the
anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting. Each notice shall set
forth (i) the name and address of the Shareholder who intends to make the
nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated, (ii) a representation
that the Shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled
to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the
meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice, (iii) a
description of all arrangements or understandings between the Shareholder and
each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons)
pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the
Shareholder, and (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by
such Shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed
pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the
nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors,
and shall include a consent signed by each such nominee, to serve as a Director
of the Corporation if so elected. The Chairman of the meeting may refuse to
acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the
foregoing procedure.

     SECTION 10.   NOTICE OF BUSINESS AT ANNUAL MEETING. To be properly brought
before an annual meeting of Shareholders, business must be (i) specified in the
Notice of Meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or
at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought
before the annual meeting by a Shareholder. In addition to any other applicable
requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
Shareholder, the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to
the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a Shareholder's notice must be
given, either by personal delivery or by United States registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than 160
days prior to the date of the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual
meeting. A Shareholders' notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each
matter the Shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name
and address of record of the Shareholder proposing such business, (iii) the
class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the
Shareholder and (iv) any material interest of the Shareholder in such business.
In the event that a Shareholder attempts to bring business before an annual
meeting without complying with the foregoing procedure, the Chairman of the
meeting may declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought
before



2                                                               January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   4

the meeting and, if he shall so declare, such business shall not be transacted.

                         ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 1.    GENERAL POWERS: The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.    NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of Directors of
the Corporation shall be nine. Each Director shall hold office until the next
annual meeting of the Shareholders and until his successor shall have been
elected and qualified.

     SECTION 3.    REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this By-law immediately prior to, and at
the same place as, the annual meeting of Shareholders. The Board of Directors
may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional
regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

     SECTION 4.    SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chairman of the Board on at least 24-hours' notice to each
Director of the date, time and place thereof, and shall be called by the
Chairman of the Board or by the Secretary on like notice on the request in
writing of a majority of the total number of Directors in office at the time of
such request. The time and place of the special meeting shall be stated in the
notice.

     SECTION 5.    NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least
24-hours previously thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to
each Director at his business address, or by telegram. If mailed, such notice
shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so
addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the
telegraph company. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance
of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

     SECTION 6.    QUORUM. A majority of the number of Directors fixed by
Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such
majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

     SECTION 7.    MANNER OF ACTING. The act of the majority of the Directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board
of Directors.

     SECTION 8.    VACANCIES. Any Directorship to be filled by reason of any
vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors or of an increase in the number of
Directors shall be filled at any Director's meeting or any Stockholder's
meeting.

     SECTION 9.    COMPENSATION. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the
Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director. No such
payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

     SECTION 10.   PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A Director of the Corporation who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate
matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless
his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary
of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by
registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the
adjournment of the meeting. Such



3                                                               January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   5

right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such
action.

     SECTION 11.   REDEMPTION OF SHARES. Pursuant to Section 13.1-728.7 of the
Virginia Stock Corporation Act, the Board may redeem shares [at the price
established by Section 13.1-728.7.C] if the requirements of either Section
13.1-728.7.A or Section 13.1-728.7.B have occurred.

                              ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     SECTION 1.    NUMBER. The Officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman
of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, a President, Vice
Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the
Board of Directors. More than one office may be held by the same person with the
exception that the same person cannot hold the office of President and Secretary
at the same time. Such other Officers and assistant Officers as may be deemed
necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.    ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The Officers of the Corporation
to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board
of Directors at the meeting held after each annual meeting of the Shareholders.
If the election of Officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election
shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each Officer shall hold
office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified
or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the
manner hereinafter provided.

     SECTION 3.    REMOVAL. Any Officer or agent elected or appointed by the
Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its
judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such
removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person
so removed.

     SECTION 4.    VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board
of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

     SECTION 5.    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board and the
Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive Officer of the
Corporation, and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in
general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the
Corporation. He shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 6.    PRESIDENT. The President shall be the principal executive
Officer under the immediate supervision of the Chairman of the Board and subject
to the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and to the control of the Board
of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and
affairs of the Corporation. He may sign, with the Secretary or any other proper
Officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors,
certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds,
contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to
be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be
expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these By-laws to some other
Officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise
signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the
office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors from time to time.

     SECTION 7.    VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the President or in event
of his death, inability or refusal to act, a Vice President shall perform the
duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be
subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall
perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the
President or by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 8.    SECRETARY. The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the
Shareholders and of the Board of Directors' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance
with the provisions of these By-laws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of
the corporate records and of the Seal of the Corporation and see that the Seal
of the Corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which



4                                                               January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   6

on behalf of the Corporation under its Seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a
register of the post office address of each Shareholder which shall be furnished
to the Secretary by such Shareholder; (e) have general charge of the stock
transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform all duties
incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 9.    TREASURER. If required by the Board of Directors, the
Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum
and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He
shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and
securities of the Corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and
payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such
moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other
depositaries as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article V
of these By-laws; and (b) in general perform all the duties incident to the
office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 10.   SALARIES. The salaries of the Officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors or by authority of the Board of Directors
delegated to the Chairman of the Board or the President, and no Officer shall be
prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a
Director of the Corporation.

                ARTICLE V. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     SECTION 1.    CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any Officer
or Officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION 2.    LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION 3.    CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the Corporation shall be signed by such Officer or Officers, agent or
agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 4.    DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may
select.

             ARTICLE VI. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

     SECTION 1.    CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates representing shares of
the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the President and by the
Secretary or by such other Officers authorized by law and by the Board of
Directors so to do and may (but not need) be sealed with the seal of the
Corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or
otherwise identified. The seal of the Corporation and any or all of the
signatures on a share certificate may be facsimile. If any officer, transfer
agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed
upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation
with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on
the date of issue.

     SECTION 2.    TRANSFER OF SHARES. The Board of Directors may make rules and
regulations concerning the issue, registration and transfer of certificates
representing the shares of the Corporation. Transfers of shares and of the
certificates representing such shares shall be made upon the books of the
Corporation by surrender of the certificates


5                                                               January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   7

representing such shares accompanied by written assignments given by the owners
or their attorneys-in-fact.

     SECTION 3.    RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER. To the extent that any provision of
the Rights Agreement between the Corporation and First Union National Bank, as
Rights Agent, dated June 23, 1998, is deemed to constitute a restriction on the
transfer of any securities of the Corporation, including, without limitation,
the Rights, as defined therein, such restriction is hereby authorized by the
By-laws of the Corporation.

     SECTION 4.    LOST OR DESTROYED SHARE CERTIFICATES. The Corporation may
issue a new share certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued
which is alleged to have been lost or destroyed and may require the owner of
such certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond,
with or without surety, or such other agreement, undertaking or security as the
Board of Directors shall determine is appropriate, to indemnify the Corporation
against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or
destruction or the issuance of any such new certificate.

                            ARTICLE VII. FISCAL YEAR

     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of December
and end on the 30th day of November of each year.

                             ARTICLE VIII. DIVIDENDS

     The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation
may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms
and conditions provided by law and its Articles of Incorporation, and may set
the stock "of record" date for such payment.

                                ARTICLE IX. SEAL

     The Board of Directors shall provide a Corporate Seal which shall be
circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation,
the State of Incorporation and the words, "Corporate Seal."

                           ARTICLE X. WAIVER OF NOTICE

     Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be
given to any Director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-laws
or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in
writing signed by such Director entitled to such notice, whether before or after
the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
notice.

                             ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS

     These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new By-laws may be
adopted by the Board of Directors. But By-laws made by the Board of Directors
may be repealed or changed, and new By-laws made, by the Shareholders at any
annual Shareholders meeting or at any special Shareholders meeting when the
proposed changes have been set out in the notice of such meeting.



6                                                               January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   8

             ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     SECTION 1.    The Corporation shall indemnify to the extent, in the manner
and subject to compliance with the applicable standards of conduct provided by
Section 13.1, et seq of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act of the Code of
Virginia, as revised, every person who is or was (i) a Director or Officer of
the Corporation (ii) an employee, including an employee of a subsidiary of the
Corporation who is designated by the Board of Directors, or (iii) at the
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise who is
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.    The indemnification hereby provided shall be applicable to
claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption
hereof, whether arising from actions or omissions to act occurring, before or
after the adoption hereof. Such indemnification (i) shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification under
or apart from this Article XII may be entitled under any By-law, agreement, vote
of Stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in
his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office, (ii) shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director,
Officer, employee, or agent, (iii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executor or administrator of such a person and (iv) shall inure to any
individual who has served, or may now or hereafter serve, as a Director or
Officer of a corporation which is a subsidiary of this Corporation, provided
however, that no indemnification shall be afforded as to acts of any Officer or
Director of a subsidiary for any period prior to the time such Corporation
became a subsidiary. The term subsidiary as used in this Section shall mean any
corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations
beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in such chain owns stock possessing at least fifty percent of the
voting power in one of the other corporations in such chain.



7                                                              January 18, 2000

<PAGE>   1

[EXECUTION COPY]


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                   $50,000,000


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among


                   BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED,
                                  as Borrower,


                            THE DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES
                                 OF THE BORROWER
                        FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO
                                 as Guarantors,


                           THE LENDERS PARTIES HERETO

                                       and

                           FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                             as Administrative Agent


                          Dated as of October 19, 1999



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>   2




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                        <C>                                                                                 <C>
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS ...........................................................................................1
         Section 1.1       Defined Terms..........................................................................1
                           -------------
         Section 1.2       Other Definitional Provisions.........................................................20
                           -----------------------------
         Section 1.3       Accounting Terms......................................................................20
                           ----------------

ARTICLE II  THE LOANS; AMOUNT AND TERMS..........................................................................21
         Section 2.1       Loans.................................................................................21
                           -----
         Section 2.2       Letter of Credit Subfacility..........................................................23
                           ----------------------------
         Section 2.3       Fees..................................................................................26
                           ----
         Section 2.4       Commitment Reductions.................................................................27
                           ---------------------
         Section 2.5       Prepayments...........................................................................27
                           -----------
         Section 2.6       Minimum Principal Amount of Tranches..................................................28
                           ------------------------------------
         Section 2.7       Default Rate and Payment Dates........................................................28
                           ------------------------------
         Section 2.8       Conversion Options....................................................................28
                           ------------------
         Section 2.9       Computation of Interest and Fees......................................................29
                           --------------------------------
         Section 2.10      Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.......................................................29
                           -------------------------------
         Section 2.11      Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent......................................31
                           ------------------------------------------------
         Section 2.12      Inability to Determine Interest Rate..................................................32
                           ------------------------------------
         Section 2.13      Illegality............................................................................32
                           ----------
         Section 2.14      Requirements of Law...................................................................33
                           -------------------
         Section 2.15      Indemnity.............................................................................34
                           ---------
         Section 2.16      Taxes.................................................................................35
                           -----
         Section 2.17      Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lender's Duties....................................37
                           --------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE III  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES......................................................................38
         Section 3.1       Financial Condition...................................................................38
                           -------------------
         Section 3.2       No Change.............................................................................39
                           ---------
         Section 3.3       Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law..............................................39
                           ----------------------------------------
         Section 3.4       Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations; No Consents..................39
                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
         Section 3.5       No Legal Bar; No Default..............................................................40
                           ------------------------
         Section 3.6       No Material Litigation................................................................40
                           ----------------------
         Section 3.7       Investment Company Act................................................................40
                           ----------------------
         Section 3.8       Margin Regulations....................................................................40
                           ------------------
         Section 3.9       ERISA.................................................................................40
                           -----
         Section 3.10      Environmental Matters.................................................................41
                           ---------------------
         Section 3.11      Use of Proceeds.......................................................................42
                           ---------------
         Section 3.12      Subsidiaries..........................................................................42
                           ------------
         Section 3.13      Ownership.............................................................................42
                           ---------
         Section 3.14      Indebtedness..........................................................................42
                           ------------
         Section 3.15      Taxes.................................................................................43
                           -----
         Section 3.16      Intellectual Property.................................................................43
                           ---------------------
         Section 3.17      Solvency..............................................................................43
                           --------
         Section 3.18      Investments...........................................................................43
                           -----------
         Section 3.19      No Burdensome Restrictions............................................................43
                           --------------------------
         Section 3.20      Brokers' Fees.........................................................................44
                           -------------
         Section 3.21      Labor Matters.........................................................................44
                           -------------
         Section 3.22      Accuracy and Completeness of Information..............................................44
                           ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>                                                                                 <C>
         Section 3.23      Year 2000 Issue.......................................................................44
                           ---------------

ARTICLE IV  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.................................................................................45
         Section 4.1       Conditions to Closing Date and Initial Loans..........................................45
                           --------------------------------------------
         Section 4.2       Conditions to All Extensions of Credit................................................47
                           --------------------------------------

ARTICLE V  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.................................................................................48
         Section 5.1       Financial Statements..................................................................48
                           --------------------
         Section 5.2       Certificates; Other Information.......................................................49
                           -------------------------------
         Section 5.3       Payment of Obligations................................................................50
                           ----------------------
         Section 5.4       Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence......................................50
                           ------------------------------------------------
         Section 5.5       Maintenance of Property; Insurance....................................................50
                           ----------------------------------
         Section 5.6       Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions................................51
                           ------------------------------------------------------
         Section 5.7       Notices...............................................................................51
                           -------
         Section 5.8       Environmental Laws....................................................................52
                           ------------------
         Section 5.9       Financial Covenants...................................................................53
                           -------------------
         Section 5.10      Additional Subsidiary Guarantors......................................................53
                           --------------------------------
         Section 5.11      Compliance with Law...................................................................53
                           -------------------
         Section 5.12      Year 2000 Compliance..................................................................53
                           --------------------

ARTICLE VI  NEGATIVE COVENANTS...................................................................................53
         Section 6.1       Indebtedness..........................................................................54
                           ------------
         Section 6.2       Liens.................................................................................55
                           -----
         Section 6.3       Nature of Business....................................................................55
                           ------
         Section 6.4       Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc................................55
                           ------------------------------------------------------
         Section 6.5       Advances, Investments and Loans.......................................................57
                           -------------------------------
         Section 6.6       Transactions with Affiliates..........................................................57
                           ----------------------------
         Section 6.7       Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions...............................................57
                           ---------------------------------------
         Section 6.8       Fiscal Year; Organizational Documents; Material Contracts.............................57
                           ---------------------------------------------------------
         Section 6.9       Limitation on Restricted Actions......................................................57
                           --------------------------------
         Section 6.10      Restricted Payments...................................................................58
                           -------------------
         Section 6.11      Prepayments of Indebtedness, etc......................................................58
                           --------------------------------
         Section 6.12      Sale Leasebacks.......................................................................58
                           ---------------
         Section 6.13      No Further Negative Pledges...........................................................59
                           ---------------------------

ARTICLE VII  EVENTS OF DEFAULT...................................................................................59
         Section 7.1       Events of Default.....................................................................59
                           -----------------
         Section 7.2       Acceleration; Remedies................................................................61
                           ----------------------

ARTICLE VIII  THE AGENT .........................................................................................62
         Section 8.1       Appointment...........................................................................62
                           -----------
         Section 8.2       Delegation of Duties..................................................................62
                           --------------------
         Section 8.3       Exculpatory Provisions................................................................62
                           ----------------------
         Section 8.4       Reliance by Administrative Agent......................................................63
                           --------------------------------
         Section 8.5       Notice of Default.....................................................................63
                           -----------------
         Section 8.6       Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders................................64
                           ------------------------------------------------------
         Section 8.7       Indemnification.......................................................................64
                           ---------------
         Section 8.8       Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity.......................................65
                           -----------------------------------------------
         Section 8.9       Successor Administrative Agent........................................................65
                           ------------------------------

ARTICLE IX  MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................65
         Section 9.1       Amendments and Waivers................................................................65
                           ----------------------
         Section 9.2       Notices...............................................................................67
                           -------
         Section 9.3       No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies........................................................67
                           ------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>                                                                                 <C>
         Section 9.4       Survival of Representations and Warranties............................................67
                           ------------------------------------------
         Section 9.5       Payment of Expenses and Taxes.........................................................67
                           -----------------------------
         Section 9.6       Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Lenders............................68
                           ----------------------------------------------------------
         Section 9.7       Adjustments; Set-off..................................................................71
                           --------------------
         Section 9.8       Table of Contents and Section Headings................................................72
                           --------------------------------------
         Section 9.9       Counterparts..........................................................................72
                           ------------
         Section 9.10      Effectiveness.........................................................................72
                           -------------
         Section 9.11      Severability..........................................................................72
                           ------------
         Section 9.12      Integration...........................................................................72
                           -----------
         Section 9.13      Governing Law.........................................................................73
                           -------------
         Section 9.14      Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process........................................73
                           ----------------------------------------------
         Section 9.15      Arbitration...........................................................................73
                           -----------
         Section 9.16      Confidentiality.......................................................................75
                           ---------------
         Section 9.17      Acknowledgments.......................................................................75
                           ---------------
         Section 9.18      Waivers of Jury Trial.................................................................75
                           ---------------------

ARTICLE X  GUARANTY .............................................................................................76
         Section 10.1      The Guaranty..........................................................................76
                           ------------
         Section 10.2      Bankruptcy............................................................................76
                           ----------
         Section 10.3      Nature of Liability...................................................................77
                           -------------------
         Section 10.4      Independent Obligation................................................................77
                           ----------------------
         Section 10.5      Authorization.........................................................................77
                           -------------
         Section 10.6      Reliance..............................................................................77
                           --------
         Section 10.7      Waiver................................................................................78
                           ------
         Section 10.8      Limitation on Enforcement.............................................................79
                           -------------------------
         Section 10.9      Confirmation of Payment...............................................................79
                           -----------------------
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   5


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULES
- ---------

<S>                                 <C>
Schedule 1.1(a)                     Account Designation Letter
Schedule 1.1(b)                     Existing Investments
Schedule 1.1(c)                     Existing Liens
Schedule 2.1(a)                     Schedule of Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 2.1(b)(i)                  Form of Notice of Borrowing
Schedule 2.1(e)                     Form of Note
Schedule 2.8                        Form of Notice of Conversion/Extension
Schedule 2.16                       Section 2.16 Certificate
Schedule 3.6                        Litigation
Schedule 3.10                       Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.12                       Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.1(b)                     Form of Secretary's Certificate
Schedule 4.1(e)                     Form of Solvency Certificate
Schedule 5.10                       Form of Joinder Agreement
Schedule 6.1(b)                     Indebtedness
Schedule 9.2                        Notices/Lending Offices
Schedule 9.6(c)                     Form of Commitment Transfer Supplement
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   6




       CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 19, 1999, among BASSETT FURNITURE
INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED, a Virginia corporation (the "Borrower"), those
Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified as a "Guarantor" on the
signature pages hereto and such other Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower as
may from time to time become a party hereto (collectively, the "Guarantors"),
the several banks and other financial institutions as may from time to time
become parties to this Agreement (collectively, the "Lenders"; and individually,
a "Lender"), and FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association, as
administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the
"Administrative Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

       WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make loans and other
financial accommodations to the Borrower in the amount of up to $50,000,000, as
more particularly described herein;

       WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make such loans and other financial
accommodations to the Borrower on the terms and conditions contained herein;

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

       SECTION 1.1     DEFINED TERMS.

       As used in this Agreement, terms defined in the first paragraph of this
Agreement have the meanings therein indicated, and the following terms have the
following meanings:

       "Account Designation Letter" shall mean the Notice of Account Designation
Letter dated the Closing Date from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent
substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.1(a).

       "Additional Credit Party" shall mean each Person that becomes a Guarantor
by execution of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.10.

       "Administrative Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement and any successors in such capacity.


<PAGE>   7


       "Affiliate" shall mean as to any Person, any other Person (excluding any
Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by,
or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, a
Person shall be deemed to be "controlled by" a Person if such Person possesses,
directly or indirectly, power either (a) to vote 10% or more of the securities
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b)
to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person
whether by contract or otherwise.

       "Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement, as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

       "Alternate Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to
the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal
Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes hereof:
"Prime Rate" shall mean, at any time, the rate of interest per annum publicly
announced from time to time by First Union at its principal office in Charlotte,
North Carolina as its prime rate. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be
effective as of the opening of business on the day such change in the Prime Rate
occurs. The parties hereto acknowledge that the rate announced publicly by First
Union as its Prime Rate is an index or base rate and shall not necessarily be
its lowest or best rate charged to its customers or other banks; and "Federal
Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates
on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding
Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
published on the next succeeding Business Day, the average of the quotations for
the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three
federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If the
Administrative Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination
shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) that it is unable to
ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate, for any reason, including the
inability of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in
accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined
without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the
circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the
Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate shall be effective on the opening of business on the date of such
change.

       "Alternate Base Rate Loans" shall mean Loans that bear interest at an
interest rate based on the Alternate Base Rate.

       "Applicable Percentage" shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum set
forth below opposite the applicable Level then in effect, it being understood
that the Applicable Percentage for (i) Loans which are Alternate Base Rate Loans
shall be the percentage set forth under the column "Alternate Base Rate Margin
", (ii) Loans which are LIBOR Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under
the column "LIBOR Rate Margin for Loans and Letter of Credit Fee", (iii) the
Letter of Credit Fee shall be the percentage set forth under the column "LIBOR
Rate Margin for Loans and Letter of Credit Fee"; and (iv) the Commitment Fee
shall be the percentage set forth under the column "Commitment Fee":



                                       2
<PAGE>   8


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                LIBOR Rate
                                                Margin for
                            Alternate              Loans
          Leverage          Base Rate          and Letter of          Commitment
Level      Ratio              Margin            Credit Fee               Fee
<S>    <C>                  <C>                <C>                    <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 I     < 0.75 to 1.0            0%                 0.50%                0.15%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 II    > 0.75 to 1.0
       -
       but< 1.25 to 1.0         0%                0.625%                0.175%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III    > 1.25 to 1.0
       -
       but< 1.75 to 1.0         0%                 0.75%                0.20%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 IV    > 1.75 to 1.0
       -
       but< 2.50 to 1.0         0%                 1.00%                0.25%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 V     > 2.50 to 1.0            0%                 1.25%                0.30%
       -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


       The Applicable Percentage shall, in each case, be determined and adjusted
on the date five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Administrative
Agent has received from the Borrower the quarterly financial information and
certifications required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.2(b)
(each an "Interest Determination Date"). Such Applicable Percentage shall be
effective from such Interest Determination Date until the next such Interest
Determination Date. The initial Applicable Percentages shall be based on Level I
until the first Interest Determination Date occurring after August 31, 1999.
After the Closing Date, if the Borrower shall fail to provide the financial
information and certifications in accordance with the provisions of Sections
5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.2(b), the Applicable Percentage from such Interest
Determination Date shall, on the date five (5) Business Days after the date by
which the Borrower was so required to provide such financial information and
certifications to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, be based on Level V
until such time as such information and certifications are provided, whereupon
the Level shall be determined by the then current Leverage Ratio.

       "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean the Bankruptcy Code in Title 11 of the
United States Code, as amended, modified, succeeded or replaced from time to
time.

       "BFD Financing Policy" shall mean the policy of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary to allow a BFD Licensee up to one year to pay for such BFD Licensee's
initial stock of inventory purchased from the Borrower or a Subsidiary.

       "BFD Licensee" shall mean any Person who is party to a license agreement
with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which entitles such Person to
engage in the retail sale of



                                       3
<PAGE>   9


merchandise purchased from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries using the
tradename "Bassett Furniture Direct" or any other name approved by the Borrower
or such Subsidiary.

       "Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.

       "Borrowing Date" shall mean, in respect of any Loan, the date such Loan
is made.

       "Business" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

       "Business Day" shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks in Charlotte, North Carolina or New York, New York
are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that when used in
connection with a rate determination, borrowing or payment in respect of a LIBOR
Rate Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks in
London, England are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London
interbank market.

       "Capital Lease" shall mean any lease of property, real or personal, the
obligations with respect to which are required to be capitalized on a balance
sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

       "Capital Lease Obligations" shall mean the capitalized lease obligations
relating to a Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP.

       "Capital Stock" shall mean (i) in the case of a corporation, capital
stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of capital stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership
interests (whether general or limited), (iv) in the case of a limited liability
company, membership interests and (v) any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of,
or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

       "Cash Equivalents" shall mean (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more
than twelve months from the date of acquisition ("Government Obligations"), (ii)
U.S. dollar denominated (or foreign currency fully hedged) time deposits,
certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits and Eurodollar certificates of
deposit of (y) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having
capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 or (z) any bank whose short-term
commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or
from Moody's is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an
"Approved Bank"), in each case with maturities of not more than 364 days from
the date of acquisition, (iii) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes
issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable
rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by any domestic corporation rated A-1 (or
the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or
better by Moody's and maturing within six months of the date of acquisition,
(iv) repurchase agreements with a bank or trust company (including a Lender) or
a



                                       4
<PAGE>   10


recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of
$500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United
States of America, (v) obligations of any state of the United States or any
political subdivision thereof for the payment of the principal and redemption
price of and interest on which there shall have been irrevocably deposited
Government Obligations maturing as to principal and interest at times and in
amounts sufficient to provide such payment, and (vi) auction preferred stock
rated in the highest short-term credit rating category by S&P or Moody's.

       "Change of Control" shall mean either (i) any Person or two or more
Persons acting in concert shall have acquired "beneficial ownership," directly
or indirectly, of, or shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall
have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation, will result
in its or their acquisition of, control over, Voting Stock of the Borrower (or
other securities convertible into such Voting Stock) representing 35% or more of
the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Borrower, or (ii) during
any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the Closing Date,
individuals who at the beginning of such 24 month period were directors of the
Borrower (together with any new director whose election by the Borrower's Board
of Directors or whose nomination for election by the Borrower's shareholders was
approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office
who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of the directors of the Borrower then in office. As used
herein, "beneficial ownership" shall have the meaning provided in Rule 13d-3 of
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.

       "Closing Date" shall mean the date of this Agreement.

       "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time.

       "Commitment" shall mean the Revolving Commitment and the LOC Commitment,
individually or collectively, as appropriate.

       "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

       "Commitment Letter" shall mean the letter agreement dated June 24, 1999
addressed to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent, as amended, modified or
otherwise supplemented.

       "Commitment Percentage" shall mean the Revolving Commitment Percentage
and/or the LOC Commitment Percentage, as appropriate.

       "Commitment Period" shall mean the period from and including the Closing
Date to but not including the Maturity Date.

       "Commitment Transfer Supplement" shall mean a Commitment Transfer
Supplement, substantially in the form of Schedule 9.6(c).

       "Commonly Controlled Entity" shall mean an entity, whether or not
incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning
of Section 4001 of ERISA or is



                                       5
<PAGE>   11


part of a group which includes the Borrower and which is treated as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.

       "Consolidated Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, all
capital expenditures of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such
period, as determined in accordance with GAAP. The term "Consolidated Capital
Expenditures" shall not include capital expenditures in respect of the
reinvestment of proceeds derived from Recovery Events received by the Credit
Parties to the extent that such reinvestment is permitted under the Credit
Documents.

       "Consolidated EBLIT" shall mean, for any period, the sum of (i)
Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the amount which, in the
determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted for
(A) Consolidated Interest Expense, (B) total federal, state, local and foreign
income, value added and similar taxes and (C) Consolidated Lease Expense, all as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

       "Consolidated EBLITDA" shall mean, for any period, the sum of (i)
Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the amount which, in the
determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted for
(A) Consolidated Interest Expense, (B) total federal, state, local and foreign
income, value added and similar taxes, (C) Consolidated Lease Expense and (D)
depreciation, amortization expense and other non-cash charges, all as determined
in accordance with GAAP.

       "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, all interest
expense of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period
including the interest component under Capital Leases, as determined in
accordance with GAAP.

       "Consolidated Lease Expense" shall mean, for any period, all rental
expense of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period under
operating leases, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

       "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, net income
(excluding (i) extraordinary items and (ii) to the extent not distributed to a
Credit Party in cash, equity and net income attributable to such Credit Party's
ownership of Minority Interests) after taxes for such period of the Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

       "Consolidated Working Capital" shall mean, at any time, the excess of (i)
current assets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries at such time
less (ii) current liabilities (including the Credit Party Obligations and
excluding current maturities of long-term Indebtedness) of the Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries at such time, all as determined in accordance with
GAAP.

       "Contractual Obligation" shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of
any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or
undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
property is bound.



                                       6
<PAGE>   12


       "Credit Documents" shall mean this Agreement, each of the Notes, any
Joinder Agreement, the Letters of Credit and the LOC Documents.

       "Credit Party" shall mean any of the Borrower or the Guarantors.

       "Credit Party Obligations" shall mean, without duplication, (i) all of
the obligations of the Credit Parties to the Lenders (including the Issuing
Lender) and the Administrative Agent, whenever arising, under this Agreement,
the Notes or any of the other Credit Documents (including, but not limited to,
any interest accruing after the occurrence of a filing of a petition of
bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party,
regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy
Code) and (ii) all liabilities and obligations, whenever arising, owing from any
Credit Party to any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, arising under any
Hedging Agreement.

       "Default" shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1, whether
or not any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both,
or any other condition, has been satisfied.

       "Defaulting Lender" shall mean, at any time, any Lender that, at such
time (a) has failed to make a Loan required pursuant to the term of this Credit
Agreement, including the funding of a Participation Interest in accordance with
the terms hereof, (b) has failed to pay to the Administrative Agent or any
Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant to the terms of this Credit
Agreement, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to a
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or to a receiver, trustee or similar
official.

       "Dollars" and "$" shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United
States of America.

       "Domestic Lending Office" shall mean, initially, the office of each
Lender designated as such Lender's Domestic Lending Office shown on Schedule
9.2; and thereafter, such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from
time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office
of such Lender at which Alternate Base Rate Loans of such Lender are to be made.

       "Domestic Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized and
existing under the laws of the United States or any state or commonwealth
thereof or under the laws of the District of Columbia.

       "Environmental Laws" shall mean any and all lawful and applicable
Federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances,
rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises,
licenses, agreements or other governmental restrictions relating to the
environment or to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of
pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous
substances or wastes into the environment including, without limitation, ambient
air, surface water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal,
transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial,
toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.



                                       7
<PAGE>   13


       "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time.

       "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" shall mean for any day, the percentage
(expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher
1/100th of 1%) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Federal
Reserve Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement
(including without limitation any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in
respect of Eurocurrency liabilities, as defined in Regulation D of such Board as
in effect from time to time, or any similar category of liabilities for a member
bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.

       "Event of Default" shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1;
provided, however, that any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of
time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

       "Extension of Credit" shall mean, as to any Lender, the making of a Loan
by such Lender or the issuance of, or participation in, a Letter of Credit by
such Lender.

       "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in the
definition of "Alternate Base Rate".

       "First Union" shall mean First Union National Bank, a national banking
association.

       "Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary.

       "Funded Debt" shall mean, with respect to any Person, without
duplication, (a) all Indebtedness of such Person other than Indebtedness of the
types referred to in clauses (e), (f), (g), (i) and (m) of the definition of
"Indebtedness" set forth in this Section 1.1, (b) all Funded Debt of others of
the type referred to in clause (a) above secured by (or for which the holder of
such Funded Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property
owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby
have been assumed, (c) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to
Funded Debt of the type referred to in clause (a) above of another Person and
(d) Funded Debt of the type referred to in clause (a) above of any partnership
or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a
joint venturer, to the extent such Person would under applicable law or any
governing agreement or instrument be liable therefor as a result of such
Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such partnership or
unincorporated joint venture, except to the extent the terms of such
Indebtedness provide that such Person shall not be liable therefor.

       "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect in
the United States of America applied on a consistent basis, subject, however, in
the case of determination of compliance with the financial covenants set out in
Section 5.9 to the provisions of Section 1.3.

       "Government Acts" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.



                                       8
<PAGE>   14


       "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any state
or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government.

       "Guaranty Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, without
duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the
ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection)
guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in
any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without limitation any
obligation, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such Indebtedness or
any property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds or
other support for the payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to
maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet conditions of such
other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements, maintenance
agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the
benefit of any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or
purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
the holder of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, or (iv) to otherwise
assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect
thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any
limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the
outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the
Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.

       "Guarantor" shall mean (a) any of the Domestic Subsidiaries which is an
operating company and is identified as a "Guarantor" on the signature pages
hereto and (b) the Additional Credit Parties which execute a Joinder Agreement,
together with their successors and permitted assigns.

       "Guaranty" shall mean the guaranty of the Guarantors set forth in
Article X.

       "Hedging Agreements" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
agreement entered into to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates, the value of equity securities, currency values or raw material values,
including, without limitation, any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement,
equity swap, cap or collar agreement, or similar arrangement between such Person
and one or more counterparties, any foreign currency exchange agreement,
currency protection agreements, commodity purchase or option agreements or other
interest or exchange rate or commodity price hedging agreements.

       "Indebtedness" shall mean, with respect to any Person, without
duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money (excluding
borrowings against life insurance policies incurred to pay the premiums under
such life insurance policies owned by such Person to the extent the amount
outstanding does not exceed the termination value of such policies), (b) all
obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar
instruments, or upon which interest payments are customarily made, (c) all
obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary
reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into
in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person issued
or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by
such Person (other than trade debt incurred in



                                       9
<PAGE>   15


the ordinary course of business) which would appear as liabilities on a balance
sheet of such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person under take-or-pay or
similar arrangements or under commodities agreements, (f) all Indebtedness of
others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing
right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of
the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by such Person,
whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, provided, that
the amount of any Indebtedness of others that constitutes Indebtedness of such
Person solely by reason of this clause (f) shall not for purposes of this
Agreement exceed the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the
property subject to such Lien, (g) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with
respect to Indebtedness of another Person, (h) the principal portion of all
obligations of such Person under Capital Leases, (i) all obligations of such
Person under Hedging Agreements, (j) the maximum amount of all standby letters
of credit issued or bankers' acceptances facilities created for the account of
such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder (to the extent
unreimbursed), (k) all preferred Capital Stock issued by such Person and which
by the terms thereof could be (at the request of the holders thereof or
otherwise) subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other
acceleration, (l) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease,
tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance
sheet financing product, and (m) the Indebtedness of any partnership or
unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a
joint venturer to the extent such Person would under applicable law or any
governing agreement or instrument be liable therefor as a result of such
Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such partnership or
unincorporated joint venture, except to the extent the terms of such
Indebtedness provide that such Person shall not be liable therefor.

       "Insolvency" shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the
condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of such term as used in
Section 4245 of ERISA.

       "Insolvent" shall mean being in a condition of Insolvency.

       "Interest and Leases Coverage Ratio" shall mean, with respect to the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the
twelve month period ending on the last day of any fiscal quarter of the
Borrower, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBLIT for such period to (b) the sum of
(i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period plus (ii) Consolidated Lease
Expense for such period.

       "Interest Payment Date" shall mean (a) as to any Alternate Base Rate
Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the
Maturity Date, (b) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest Period of three
months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any LIBOR
Rate Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, the day which is
three months after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of
such Interest Period.

       "Interest Period" shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan,

               (i)     initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date or
       conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such LIBOR Rate Loan
       and ending one, two,



                                       10
<PAGE>   16


       three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in the notice
       of borrowing or notice of conversion given with respect thereto; and

               (ii)    thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the
       immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan
       and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the
       Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than
       three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest
       Period with respect thereto;

                       provided that the foregoing provisions are subject to the
following:

                               (A) if any Interest Period pertaining to a
               LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a
               Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
               succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would
               be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in
               which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately
               preceding Business Day;

                               (B) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR
               Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar
               month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
               corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
               Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the
               calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

                               (C) if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as
               provided above, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an
               Alternate Base Rate Loan to replace the affected LIBOR Rate Loan;

                               (D) any Interest Period in respect of any Loan
               that would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall end on
               the Maturity Date; and

                               (E) no more than five(5) LIBOR Tranches may be in
               effect at any time. For purposes hereof, LIBOR Rate Loans with
               different Interest Periods shall be considered as separate LIBOR
               Tranches, although borrowings, extensions and conversions may, in
               accordance with the provisions hereof, be combined at the end of
               existing Interest Periods to constitute a new LIBOR Tranche.

       "Investment" shall mean all investments, in cash or by delivery of
property made, directly or indirectly, in, to or from any Person, whether by
acquisition of shares of Capital Stock, property, assets, indebtedness or other
obligations or securities or by loan advance, capital contribution or otherwise.

       "Issuing Lender" shall mean First Union.

       "Issuing Lender Fees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).


                                       11
<PAGE>   17


       "Joinder Agreement" shall mean a Joinder Agreement substantially in the
form of Schedule 5.10, executed and delivered by an Additional Credit Party in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10.

       "Lender" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this
Agreement.

       "Letters of Credit" shall mean any letter of credit issued by the Issuing
Lender pursuant to the terms hereof, as such Letters of Credit may be amended,
modified, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

       "Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3
(b).

       "Leverage Ratio" shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the twelve month period
ending on the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the ratio of (a)
Funded Debt of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis on the last day of such period to (b) Consolidated EBLITDA for such
period.

       "LIBOR" shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period
therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the
London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00
A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest
Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such
rate is not available, the term "LIBOR" shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for
any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London
interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M.
(London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period
for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than
one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be
the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/100 of 1%). If, for any reason, neither of such rates is available,
then "LIBOR" shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period
therefor, the rate per annum at which, as determined by the Administrative
Agent, Dollars in an amount comparable to such LIBOR Rate Loan are being offered
to leading banks at approximately 11:00 A.M. London time, two (2) Business Days
prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period for settlement in
immediately available funds by leading banks in the London interbank market for
a period equal to the Interest Period selected.

       "LIBOR Lending Office" shall mean, initially, the office of each Lender
designated as such Lender's LIBOR Lending Office shown on Schedule 9.2; and
thereafter, such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to
time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office of such
Lender at which the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender are to be made.



                                       12
<PAGE>   18


       "LIBOR Rate" shall mean a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent
pursuant to the following formula:

               LIBOR Rate =                   LIBOR
                               ------------------------------------
                               1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

       "LIBOR Rate Loan" shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to
which is based on the LIBOR Rate.

       "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other
security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or
preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any
Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing).

       "Loans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

       "LOC Commitment" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Lender to issue
Letters of Credit and, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such
Lender to purchase participation interests in the Letters of Credit up to such
Lender's LOC Committed Amount as specified in Schedule 2.1(a), as such amount
may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

       "LOC Commitment Percentage" shall mean, for each Lender, the percentage
identified as the LOC Commitment Percentage for such Lender on Schedule 2.1(a),
as such percentage may be modified in connection with any assignment made in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6(c).

       "LOC Committed Amount" shall mean, collectively, the aggregate amount of
all of the LOC Commitments of the Lenders to issue and participate in Letters of
Credit as referenced in Section 2.2 and, individually, the amount of each
Lender's LOC Commitment as specified in Schedule 2.1(a).

       "LOC Documents" shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such
Letter of Credit, any amendments thereto, any documents delivered in connection
therewith, any application therefor, and any agreements, instruments, guarantees
or other documents (whether general in application or applicable only to such
Letter of Credit) governing or providing for (i) the rights and obligations of
the parties concerned or (ii) any collateral security for such obligations.

       "LOC Obligations" shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the maximum
amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available to be drawn
under Letters of Credit then outstanding, assuming compliance with all
requirements for drawings referred to in such Letters of Credit plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the Issuing
Lender but not theretofore reimbursed.



                                       13
<PAGE>   19


       "Mandatory Borrowing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e).

       "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the
business, operations, property and condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Credit Parties taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower or any
Guarantor to perform its obligations, when such obligations are required to be
performed, under this Agreement, any of the Notes or any other Credit Document
or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the Notes or any
of the other Credit Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

       "Material Contract" shall mean any contract or other arrangement, whether
written or oral, to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party as to which
the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party
thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

       "Materials of Environmental Concern" shall mean any gasoline or petroleum
(including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any
hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such
in or under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, materials
containing greater than 1% asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and
urea-formaldehyde insulation.

       "Maturity Date" shall mean October 19, 2002.

       "Minority Interest" shall mean with respect to any Credit Party, a Person
(other than a Subsidiary) with respect to which shares of its Capital Stock are
owned by such Credit Party.

       "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

       "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as
defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

       "Note" or "Notes" shall mean the promissory notes of the Borrower in
favor of each of the Lenders evidencing the Loans provided pursuant to Section
2.1(e), individually or collectively, as appropriate, as such promissory notes
may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time
to time.

       "Notice of Borrowing" shall mean the written notice of borrowing as
referenced and defined in Section 2.1(b)(i).

       "Notice of Conversion" shall mean the written notice of extension or
conversion as referenced and defined in Section 2.8.

       "Obligations" shall mean, collectively, Loans and LOC Obligations.

       "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(b).



                                       14
<PAGE>   20


       "Participation Interest" shall mean the purchase by a Lender of a
participation interest in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.2.

       "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established
pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

       "Permitted Investments" shall mean:

               (i)     cash and Cash Equivalents;

               (ii)    receivables owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or
       any advances to suppliers, in each case if created, acquired or made in
       the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in
       accordance with customary trade terms, including receivables owing by a
       BFD Licensee made and payable in accordance with the BFD Financing
       Policy;

               (iii)   investments in and loans to any Credit Parties;

               (iv)    loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and
       Affiliates made in the ordinary course of business plus such other loans
       and advances to officers, directors, employees and Affiliates that do not
       in the aggregate exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

               (v)     investments (including debt obligations) received in
       connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and
       customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other
       disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of
       business;

               (vi)    investments, acquisitions or transactions permitted under
       Section 6.4(b);

               (vii)   investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth
       on Schedule 1.1(b);

               (viii)  investments in Foreign Subsidiaries (including any
       minority-owned foreign entities or joint ventures) not to exceed an
       aggregate amount of $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

               (ix)    additional loans, advances and/or investments to the
       extent not permitted by the foregoing clauses hereof, provided that such
       loans, advances and/or investments made pursuant to this clause (viii)
       shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 at any time
       outstanding.

       "Permitted Liens" shall mean:

               (i)     Liens created by or otherwise existing, under or in
       connection with this Agreement or the other Credit Documents in favor of
       the Lenders or the Administrative Agent;



                                       15
<PAGE>   21


               (ii)    purchase money Liens securing purchase money indebtedness
       (and refinancings thereof) (A) to the extent permitted under Section
       6.1(c) or (B) securing Indebtedness of the type described in Section
       6.1(c) incurred by a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Guarantor;

               (iii)   Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other
       governmental levies not yet due or as to which the period of grace (not
       to exceed 60 days), if any, related thereto has not expired or which are
       being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that
       adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the
       Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP
       (or, in the case of Subsidiaries with significant operations outside of
       the United States of America, generally accepted accounting principles in
       effect from time to time in their respective jurisdictions of
       incorporation);

               (iv)    carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
       repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of
       business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or do
       not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property
       subject to such Lien or materially impair the use of such property in the
       operation of the business of the Credit Parties or which are being
       contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

               (v)     pledges or deposits in connection with workers'
       compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
       legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under
       insurance or self-insurance arrangements;

               (vi)    deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
       contracts, (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory
       obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
       obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business,
       and deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance
       or self-insurance arrangements;

               (vii)   judgment liens in respect of judgments that have not
       resulted in an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f);

               (viii)  easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and
       similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the
       ordinary course of business that are not incurred in connection with the
       borrowing of money and do not in the aggregate materially detract from
       the value of such property or materially impair the use of such property
       in the operation of the business of the Credit Parties;

               (ix)    any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive
       extensions, renewals or replacements) , in whole or in part, of any Lien
       referred to in the foregoing clauses; provided that such extension,
       renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the
       property which secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus
       improvements on such property);



                                       16
<PAGE>   22


               (x)     Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on
       Schedule 1.1(c); provided, that (a) no such Lien shall at any time be
       extended to cover property or assets other than the property or assets
       subject thereto on the Closing Date and (b) the principal amount of the
       Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not be extended, renewed,
       refunded or refinanced;

               (xi)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1(i);

               (xii)   Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the
       Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the ownership of the property and assets
       of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than Liens on current assets,
       not contemplated by the foregoing clauses but only to the extent that the
       aggregate amount of Indebtedness or other obligations secured by such
       Liens does not at any time exceed $5,000,000;

               (xiii)  leases or subleases granted to others not interfering
       in any material respect with the business of any Credit Party; and

               (xiv)   any interest of title of a lessor under, and Liens
       arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings,
       registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases
       permitted by this Credit Agreement.

       "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever
nature.

       "Plan" shall mean, at any particular time, any employee benefit plan
which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a
Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time,
would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in
Section 3(5) of ERISA.

       "Prime Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of
Alternate Base Rate.

       "Properties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).

       "Purchasing Lenders" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c).

       "Recovery Event" shall mean the receipt by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation award payable by
reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event
with respect to any of their respective property or assets.

       "Register" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d).



                                       17
<PAGE>   23


       "Reorganization" shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the
condition that such Plan is in reorganization within the meaning of such term as
used in Section 4241 of ERISA.

       "Reportable Event" shall mean any of the events set forth in Section
4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty-day notice
period is waived under PBGC Reg. Section 4043.

       "Required Lenders" shall mean Lenders holding in the aggregate greater
than 50% of the Commitments and Participation Interests therein or outstanding
Loans and Participation Interests (including the Participation Interests of the
Issuing Lender in any Letters of Credit), as the case may be, provided, however,
that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, then there shall
be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders, Obligations (including
Participation Interests) owing to such Defaulting Lender and such Defaulting
Lender's Commitments, or after termination of the Commitments, the principal
balance of the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender.

       "Requirement of Law" shall mean, as to any Person, the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such
Person, and each law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable
to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or
any of its property is subject.

       "Responsible Officer" shall mean, as to (a) the Borrower, the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Vice President or the Chief
Accounting Officer or (b) any other Credit Party, any duly authorized officer
thereof.

       "Restricted Payment" shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution,
direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (b) any
redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other
acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital
Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding,
(c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding
warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital
Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding,
or (d) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar
payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt.

       "Revolving Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any
time outstanding up to such Lender's Revolving Committed Amount as specified in
Schedule 2.1(a), as such amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance
with the provisions hereof.

       "Revolving Commitment Percentage" shall mean, for each Lender, the
percentage identified as its Revolving Commitment Percentage on Schedule 2.1(a),
as such percentage may



                                       18
<PAGE>   24


be modified in connection with any assignment made in accordance with the
provisions of Section 9.6(c).

       "Revolving Committed Amount" shall mean, collectively, the aggregate
amount of all Revolving Commitments as referenced in Section 2.1(a), as such
amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions
hereof, and, individually, the amount of each Lender's Revolving Commitment as
specified on Schedule 2.1(a).

       "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw Hill
Companies, Inc.

       "Scheduled Funded Debt Payments" shall mean, as of any date of
determination for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, the sum of all
scheduled payments of principal on Funded Debt for the applicable period ending
on the date of determination (including the principal component of payments due
on Capital Leases during the applicable period ending on the date of
determination).

       "Single Employer Plan" shall mean any Plan which is not a Multiemployer
Plan.

       "Solvent" shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
on a particular date, that any such Person (a) has capital sufficient to carry
on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it
is about to engage and is able to pay its debts as they mature, (b) owns
property having a value, both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable
value, greater than the amount required to pay its probable liabilities
(including contingencies), and (c) does not believe that it will incur debts or
liabilities beyond its ability to pay such debts or liabilities as they mature.

       "Specified Sales" shall mean (a) the sale, transfer, lease or other
disposition of inventory and materials in the ordinary course of business and
(b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of Permitted Investments described
in clause (i) of the definition thereof.

       "Subordinated Debt" shall means any Indebtedness incurred by any Credit
Party which by its terms is specifically subordinated in right of payment to the
prior payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

       "Subsidiary" shall mean, as to any Person at any time, (a) any
corporation more than 50% of whose Capital Stock of any class or classes having
by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors
of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at such time, any class or
classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of
the happening of any contingency) is at such time owned by such Person directly
or indirectly through Subsidiaries, and (b) any partnership, association, joint
venture or other entity of which such Person directly or indirectly through
Subsidiaries owns at such time more than 50% of the Capital Stock. Unless
otherwise qualified, all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in
this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

       "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.



                                       19
<PAGE>   25


       "Tranche" shall mean the collective reference to LIBOR Rate Loans whose
Interest Periods begin and end on the same day. A Tranche may sometimes be
referred to as a "LIBOR Tranche".

       "Transfer Effective Date" shall have the meaning set forth in each
Commitment Transfer Supplement.

       "2.16 Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

       "Type" shall mean, as to any Loan, its nature as an Alternate Base Rate
Loan or LIBOR Rate Loan, as the case may be.

       "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by
such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of
contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote
has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

       "Year 2000 Compliant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.25.

       SECTION 1.2     OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

               (a)     Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in
       this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the Notes or
       other Credit Documents or any certificate or other document made or
       delivered pursuant hereto.

               (b)     The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of
       similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement
       as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and
       Section, Subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this
       Agreement unless otherwise specified.

               (c)     The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be
       equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

       SECTION 1.3     ACCOUNTING TERMS.

       Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall
be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all
financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in
accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited
consolidated financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Lenders;
provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that it wishes
to amend any covenant in Section 5.9 to eliminate the effect of any change in
GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies
the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Section 5.9 for such
purpose), then the Borrower's compliance with such covenant shall be determined
on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP
became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is
amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.



                                       20
<PAGE>   26


       The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender at
the same time as the delivery of any annual or quarterly financial statements
given in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1, (i) a description in
reasonable detail of any material change in the application of accounting
principles employed in the preparation of such financial statements from those
applied in the most recently preceding quarterly or annual financial statements
as to which no objection shall have been made in accordance with the provisions
above and (ii) a reasonable estimate of the effect on the financial statements
on account of such changes in application.

                                   ARTICLE II

                           THE LOANS; AMOUNT AND TERMS

       SECTION 2.1     LOANS.

               (a)     Revolving Commitment. During the Commitment Period,
       subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees
       to make revolving credit loans ("Loans") to the Borrower from time to
       time for the purposes hereinafter set forth; provided, however, that (i)
       with regard to each Lender individually, the sum of such Lender's share
       of outstanding Loans plus such Lender's LOC Commitment Percentage of
       outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed such Lender's Revolving
       Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount, and
       (ii) with regard to the Lenders collectively, the sum of the aggregate
       amount of outstanding Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not
       exceed the Revolving Committed Amount. For purposes hereof, the aggregate
       amount available hereunder shall be FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($50,000,000)
       (as such aggregate maximum amount may be reduced from time to time as
       provided in Section 2.4, the "Revolving Committed Amount"). Loans may
       consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, or a
       combination thereof, as the Borrower may request, and may be repaid and
       reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof; provided that no
       more than five (5) separate LIBOR Tranches shall be outstanding at any
       one time. LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made by each Lender at its LIBOR
       Lending Office and Alternate Base Rate Loans at its Domestic Lending
       Office.

               (b)     Loan Borrowings.

                       (i)     Notice of Borrowing. The Borrower shall request a
               Loan borrowing by written notice (or telephone notice promptly
               confirmed in writing which confirmation may be by fax) to the
               Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (Charlotte, North
               Carolina time) on the date of the requested borrowing in the case
               of Alternate Base Rate Loans, and on the third Business Day prior
               to the date of the requested borrowing in the case of LIBOR Rate
               Loans. Each such request for borrowing shall be irrevocable and
               shall specify (A) that a Loan is requested, (B) the date of the
               requested borrowing (which shall be a



                                       21
<PAGE>   27


               Business Day), (C) the aggregate principal amount to be borrowed,
               (D) whether the borrowing shall be comprised of Alternate Base
               Rate Loans, LIBOR Rate Loans or a combination thereof, and if
               LIBOR Rate Loans are requested, the Interest Period(s) therefor.
               A form of Notice of Borrowing (a "Notice of Borrowing") is
               attached as Schedule 2.1(b)(i). If the Borrower shall fail to
               specify in any such Notice of Borrowing (I) an applicable
               Interest Period in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan, then such
               notice shall be deemed to be a request for an Interest Period of
               one month, or (II) the type of Loan requested, then such notice
               shall be deemed to be a request for an Alternate Base Rate Loan
               hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to each
               Lender promptly upon receipt of each Notice of Borrowing, the
               contents thereof and each such Lender's share thereof.

                       (ii)    Minimum Amounts. Each Loan borrowing shall be in
               a minimum aggregate amount of (A) with respect to LIBOR Rate
               Loans, $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess
               thereof (or the remaining amount of the Revolving Committed
               Amount, if less) or (B) with respect to Alternate Base Rate
               Loans, $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess
               thereof (or the remaining amount of the Revolving Committed
               Amount, if less).

                       (iii)   Advances. Each Lender will make its Revolving
               Commitment Percentage of each Loan borrowing available to the
               Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the
               office of the Administrative Agent specified in Schedule 9.2, or
               at such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate in
               writing, by 1:00 P.M. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the
               date specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing in Dollars
               and in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.
               Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the
               Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Borrower on
               the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made
               available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like
               funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

               (c)     Repayment. The principal amount of all Loans shall be due
       and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

               (d)     Interest. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9, Loans
       shall bear interest as follows:

                       (i)     Alternate Base Rate Loans. During such periods as
               Loans shall be comprised of Alternate Base Rate Loans, each such
               Alternate Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate
               equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable
               Percentage; and

                       (ii)    LIBOR Rate Loans. During such periods as Loans
               shall be comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans, each such LIBOR Rate Loan
               shall bear interest



                                       22
<PAGE>   28


               at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate for the
               related Interest Period plus the Applicable Percentage.

       Interest on Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date.

               (e)     Notes. Each Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of
       the Loans shall be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note of the
       Borrower to such Lender in substantially the form of Schedule 2.1(e).

       SECTION 2.2     LETTER OF CREDIT SUBFACILITY.

               (a)     Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and
       of the LOC Documents, if any, and any other terms and conditions which
       the Issuing Lender may reasonably require, during the Commitment Period
       the Issuing Lender shall issue, and the Lenders shall participate in,
       Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower from time to time upon
       request in a form acceptable to the Issuing Lender; provided, however,
       that (i) the aggregate amount of LOC Obligations shall not at any time
       exceed TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000) (the "LOC Committed Amount"),
       (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding plus LOC
       Obligations outstanding shall not at any time exceed the Revolving
       Committed Amount, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall be denominated in
       U.S. Dollars and (iv) Letters of Credit shall be issued for lawful
       corporate purposes and may be issued as standby letters of credit,
       including in connection with workers' compensation and other insurance
       programs, and trade letters of credit. Except as otherwise expressly
       agreed upon by all the Lenders, no Letter of Credit shall have an
       original expiry date more than twelve (12) months from the date of
       issuance; provided, however, so long as no Default or Event of Default
       has occurred and is continuing and subject to the other terms and
       conditions to the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, the expiry
       dates of Letters of Credit may be extended annually or periodically from
       time to time on the request of the Borrower or by operation of the terms
       of the applicable Letter of Credit to a date not more than twelve (12)
       months from the date of extension; provided, further, that no Letter of
       Credit, as originally issued or as extended, shall have an expiry date
       extending beyond the Maturity Date. Each Letter of Credit shall comply
       with the related LOC Documents. The issuance and expiry date of each
       Letter of Credit shall be a Business Day. First Union shall be the
       Issuing Lender on all Letters of Credit issued after the Closing Date.

               (b)     Notice and Reports. The request for the issuance of a
       Letter of Credit shall be submitted to the Issuing Lender at least three
       (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance. The Issuing
       Lender will promptly upon request provide to the Administrative Agent for
       dissemination to the Lenders a detailed report specifying the Letters of
       Credit which are then issued and outstanding and any activity with
       respect thereto which may have occurred since the date of any prior
       report, and including therein, among other things, the account party, the
       beneficiary, the face amount, expiry date as well as any payments or
       expirations which may have occurred. The Issuing Lender will further
       provide to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request copies of the
       Letters



                                       23
<PAGE>   29


       of Credit. The Issuing Lender will provide to the Administrative Agent
       promptly upon request a summary report of the nature and extent of LOC
       Obligations then outstanding.

               (c)     Participations. Each Lender upon issuance of a Letter of
       Credit shall be deemed to have purchased without recourse a risk
       participation from the Issuing Lender in such Letter of Credit and the
       obligations arising thereunder and any collateral relating thereto, in
       each case in an amount equal to its LOC Commitment Percentage of the
       obligations under such Letter of Credit and shall absolutely,
       unconditionally and irrevocably assume, as primary obligor and not as
       surety, and be obligated to pay to the Issuing Lender therefor and
       discharge when due, its LOC Commitment Percentage of the obligations
       arising under such Letter of Credit. Without limiting the scope and
       nature of each Lender's participation in any Letter of Credit, to the
       extent that the Issuing Lender has not been reimbursed as required
       hereunder or under any LOC Document, each such Lender shall pay to the
       Issuing Lender its LOC Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing
       in same day funds on the day of notification by the Issuing Lender of an
       unreimbursed drawing pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) hereof.
       The obligation of each Lender to so reimburse the Issuing Lender shall be
       absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by the occurrence of
       a Default, an Event of Default or any other occurrence or event. Any such
       reimbursement shall not relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the
       Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit,
       together with interest as hereinafter provided.

               (d)     Reimbursement. In the event of any drawing under any
       Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Borrower
       and the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing
       Lender on the day of drawing under any Letter of Credit (with the
       proceeds of a Loan obtained hereunder or otherwise) in same day funds as
       provided herein or in the LOC Documents. If the Borrower shall fail to
       reimburse the Issuing Lender as provided herein, the unreimbursed amount
       of such drawing shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the
       Alternate Base Rate plus two percent (2%). Unless the Borrower shall
       immediately notify the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent of its
       intent to otherwise reimburse the Issuing Lender, the Borrower shall be
       deemed to have requested a Loan in the amount of the drawing as provided
       in subsection (e) hereof, the proceeds of which will be used to satisfy
       the reimbursement obligations. The Borrower's reimbursement obligations
       hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under all circumstances
       irrespective of any rights of set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment
       the Borrower may claim or have against the Issuing Lender, the
       Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the beneficiary of the Letter of
       Credit drawn upon or any other Person, including without limitation any
       defense based on any failure of the Borrower to receive consideration or
       the legality, validity, regularity or unenforceability of the Letter of
       Credit. The Issuing Lender will promptly notify the other Lenders of the
       amount of any unreimbursed drawing and each Lender shall promptly pay to
       the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender in Dollars
       and in immediately available funds, the amount of such Lender's LOC
       Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing. Such payment shall be
       made on the day such notice is received by such Lender from the Issuing
       Lender if such notice is received at or before 2:00 P.M. (Charlotte,
       North Carolina time), otherwise such payment shall be made at or before
       12:00 Noon



                                       24
<PAGE>   30


       (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the Business Day next succeeding the
       day such notice is received. If such Lender does not pay such amount to
       the Issuing Lender in full upon such request, such Lender shall, on
       demand, pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing
       Lender interest on the unpaid amount during the period from the date of
       such drawing until such Lender pays such amount to the Issuing Lender in
       full at a rate per annum equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days
       of the date of drawing, the Federal Funds Effective Rate and thereafter
       at a rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate. Each Lender's obligation to
       make such payment to the Issuing Lender, and the right of the Issuing
       Lender to receive the same, shall be absolute and unconditional, shall
       not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever and without regard to the
       termination of this Agreement or the Commitments hereunder, the existence
       of a Default or Event of Default or the acceleration of the Credit Party
       Obligations hereunder and shall be made without any offset, abatement,
       withholding or reduction whatsoever.

               (e)     Repayment with Loans. On any day on which the Borrower
       shall have requested, or been deemed to have requested, a Loan to
       reimburse a drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent
       shall give notice to the Lenders that a Loan has been requested or deemed
       requested in connection with a drawing under a Letter of Credit, in which
       case a Loan borrowing comprised entirely of Alternate Base Rate Loans
       (each such borrowing, a "Mandatory Borrowing") shall be immediately made
       (without giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to
       Section 7.2) pro rata based on each Lender's respective Revolving
       Commitment Percentage (determined before giving effect to any termination
       of the Commitments pursuant to Section 7.2) and the proceeds thereof
       shall be paid directly to the Issuing Lender for application to the
       respective LOC Obligations. Each Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make
       such Loans immediately upon any such request or deemed request on account
       of each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in
       the preceding sentence and on the same such date notwithstanding (i) the
       amount of Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for
       borrowings of Loans otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any
       conditions specified in Section 4.2 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a
       Default or an Event of Default then exists, (iv) failure for any such
       request or deemed request for a Loan to be made by the time otherwise
       required in Section 2.1(b), (v) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, or
       (vi) any reduction in the Revolving Committed Amount after any such
       Letter of Credit may have been drawn upon; provided, however, that in the
       event any such Mandatory Borrowing should be less than the minimum amount
       for borrowings of Loans otherwise provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii), the
       Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account an
       administrative fee of $500. In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing
       cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above
       (including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a
       proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Borrower), then
       each such Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith fund (as of the
       date the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted
       for any payments received from the Borrower on or after such date and
       prior to such purchase) its Participation Interests in the outstanding
       LOC Obligations; provided, further, that in the event any Lender shall
       fail to fund its Participation Interest on the day the Mandatory
       Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, then the amount of such Lender's
       unfunded



                                       25
<PAGE>   31


       Participation Interest therein shall bear interest payable to the Issuing
       Lender upon demand, at the rate equal to, if paid within two (2) Business
       Days of such date, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter at a
       rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate.

               (f)     Modification, Extension. The issuance of any supplement,
       modification, amendment, renewal, or extension to any Letter of Credit
       shall, for purposes hereof, be treated in all respects the same as the
       issuance of a new Letter of Credit hereunder.

               (g)     Uniform Customs and Practices. The Issuing Lender shall
       have the Letters of Credit be subject to The Uniform Customs and Practice
       for Documentary Credits (the "UCP") or the International Standby
       Practices 1998 (the "ISP98"), in either case as published as of the date
       of issue by the International Chamber of Commerce, in which case the UCP
       or the ISP98, as applicable, may be incorporated therein and deemed in
       all respects to be a part thereof.

       SECTION 2.3     FEES.

               (a)     Commitment Fee. In consideration of the Revolving
       Commitment, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for
       the ratable benefit of the Lenders a commitment fee (the "Commitment
       Fee") in an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage per annum on the
       average daily unused amount of the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount.
       The Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day
       following the last day of each calendar quarter for the prior calendar
       quarter.

               (b)     Letter of Credit Fees. In consideration of the LOC
       Commitments, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender a fee (the
       "Letter of Credit Fee") equal to the Applicable Percentage per annum on
       the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each Letter
       of Credit from the date of issuance to the date of expiration. In
       addition to such Letter of Credit Fee, the Issuing Lender may charge, and
       retain for its own account without sharing by the other Lenders, an
       additional facing fee of one-eighth of one percent (.125 %) per annum on
       the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each such
       Letter of Credit issued by it. The Issuing Lender shall promptly pay over
       to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders
       (including the Issuing Lender) the Letter of Credit Fee. The Letter of
       Credit Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day
       following the last day of each calendar quarter for the prior calendar
       quarter.

               (c)     Issuing Lender Fees. In addition to the Letter of Credit
       Fees payable pursuant to subsection (b) hereof, the Borrower shall pay to
       the Issuing Lender for its own account without sharing by the other
       Lenders the reasonable and customary charges from time to time of the
       Issuing Lender with respect to the amendment, transfer, administration,
       cancellation and conversion of, and drawings under, such Letters of
       Credit (collectively, the "Issuing Lender Fees").

               (d)     Administrative Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
       Administrative Agent the annual administrative fee as described in the
       Commitment Letter.



                                       26
<PAGE>   32


       SECTION 2.4     COMMITMENT REDUCTIONS.

               (a)     Voluntary Reductions. The Borrower shall have the right
       to terminate or permanently reduce the unused portion of the Revolving
       Committed Amount at any time or from time to time upon not less than five
       Business Days' prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall
       notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable of each such
       termination or reduction), which notice shall specify the effective date
       thereof and the amount of any such reduction which shall be in a minimum
       amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof
       and shall be irrevocable and effective upon receipt by the Administrative
       Agent, provided that no such reduction or termination shall be permitted
       if after giving effect thereto, and to any prepayments of the Loans made
       on the effective date thereof, the sum of the then outstanding aggregate
       principal amount of the Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations would
       exceed the Revolving Committed Amount.

               (b)     Maturity Date. The Revolving Commitment and the LOC
       Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Maturity Date.

       SECTION 2.5     PREPAYMENTS.

               (a)     Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right
       to prepay Loans in whole or in part from time to time; provided, however,
       that each partial prepayment of Loans shall be in a minimum principal
       amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof
       with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, and $500,000 and integral multiples of
       $100,000 in excess thereof with respect to Alternate Base Rate Loans. The
       Borrower shall give three Business Days' irrevocable notice in the case
       of LIBOR Rate Loans and one Business Day's irrevocable notice in the case
       of Alternate Base Rate Loans, to the Administrative Agent (which shall
       notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable). Amounts prepaid under
       this Section 2.5(a) shall be applied first to Alternate Base Rate Loans
       and then to LIBOR Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period
       maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.5(a) shall be subject to
       Section 2.15, but otherwise without premium or penalty. Interest on the
       principal amount prepaid shall be payable on the next occurring Interest
       Payment Date that would have occurred had such loan not been prepaid or,
       at the request of the Administrative Agent, interest on the principal
       amount prepaid shall be payable on any date that a prepayment is made
       hereunder through the date of prepayment. Amounts prepaid on the Loans
       may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms hereof.

               (b)     Mandatory Prepayments.

                       (i)     Revolving Committed Amount. If at any time after
               the Closing Date, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of
               outstanding Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall exceed
               the Revolving Committed Amount, the Borrower immediately shall
               prepay the Loans and (after all Loans have been



                                       27
<PAGE>   33


               repaid) cash collateralize the LOC Obligations, in an amount
               sufficient to eliminate such excess.

                       (ii)    Application of Mandatory Prepayments. All
               amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.5(b) shall
               be applied first to the Loans and (after all Loans have been
               repaid) to a cash collateral account in respect of LOC
               Obligations. Within the parameters of the applications set forth
               above, prepayments shall be applied first to Alternate Base Rate
               Loans and then to LIBOR Rate Loans in direct order of Interest
               Period maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.5(b)
               shall be subject to Section 2.15 and be accompanied by interest
               on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

       SECTION 2.6     MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TRANCHES.

       All borrowings, payments and prepayments in respect of the Loans shall be
in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that after giving
effect thereto the aggregate principal amount of the Loans comprising any
Tranche shall not be less than $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof.

       SECTION 2.7     DEFAULT RATE AND PAYMENT DATES.

       Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of an Event of Default,
the principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, interest on the Loans and
any other amounts owing hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall bear
interest, payable on demand, at a per annum rate 2% greater than the rate which
would otherwise be applicable (or if no rate is applicable, whether in respect
of interest, fees or other amounts, then the Alternate Base Rate plus 2%).

       SECTION 2.8     CONVERSION OPTIONS.

               (a)     The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert
       Alternate Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans, by giving the
       Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice of such election not
       later than 11:00 a.m. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date which
       is three Business Days prior to the requested date of conversion. A form
       of Notice of Conversion/ Extension is attached as Schedule 2.8. If the
       date upon which an Alternate Base Rate Loan is to be converted to a LIBOR
       Rate Loan is not a Business Day, then such conversion shall be made on
       the next succeeding Business Day and during the period from such last day
       of an Interest Period to such succeeding Business Day such Loan shall
       bear interest as if it were an Alternate Base Rate Loan. All or any part
       of outstanding Alternate Base Rate Loans may be converted as provided
       herein, provided that (i) no Loan may be converted into a LIBOR Rate Loan
       when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
       (ii) partial conversions shall be in an aggregate principal amount of
       $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.

               (b)     Any LIBOR Rate Loans may be continued as such upon the
       expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by
       the Borrower with the notice



                                       28
<PAGE>   34


       provisions contained in Section 2.8(a); provided, that no LIBOR Rate Loan
       may be continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has
       occurred and is continuing, in which case such Loan shall be
       automatically converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan at the end of the
       applicable Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower shall
       fail to give timely notice of an election to continue a LIBOR Rate Loan,
       or the continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans is not permitted hereunder, such
       LIBOR Rate Loans shall be automatically converted to Alternate Base Rate
       Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto.

       SECTION 2.9     COMPUTATION OF INTEREST AND FEES.

               (a)     Interest payable hereunder with respect to Alternate Base
       Rate Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366
       days, as applicable) for the actual days elapsed. All other fees,
       interest and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be calculated on
       the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The
       Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and
       the Lenders of each determination of a LIBOR Rate on the Business Day of
       the determination thereof. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan
       resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate shall become effective
       as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the
       Alternate Base Rate shall become effective. The Administrative Agent
       shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the
       effective date and the amount of each such change.

               (b)     Each determination of an interest rate by the
       Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be
       conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of
       manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the
       Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing in reasonable
       detail the computations used by the Administrative Agent in determining
       any interest rate.

       SECTION 2.10    PRO RATA TREATMENT AND PAYMENTS.

       (a)     Each borrowing of Loans and any reduction of the Revolving
Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Commitment
Percentages of the Lenders. Each payment under this Agreement or any Note shall
be applied, first, to any fees then due and owing by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.3, second, to interest then due and owing in respect of the Notes of
the Borrower and, third, to principal then due and owing hereunder and under the
Notes of the Borrower. Each payment on account of any fees pursuant to Section
2.3 shall be made pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts due and
owing (except as to the portion of the Letter of Credit retained by the Issuing
Lender and the Issuing Lender Fees). Each payment (other than prepayments) by
the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Loans, shall be made
pro rata according to the respective amounts due and owing in accordance with
Section 2.5 hereof. Each optional prepayment on account of principal of the
Loans shall be applied to such of the Loans as the Borrower may designate (to be
applied pro rata among the Lenders); provided, that prepayments made pursuant to
Section 2.11 shall be applied in accordance with such section. Each mandatory
prepayment on account of principal of the Loans



                                       29
<PAGE>   35


shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.5(b). All payments (including
prepayments) to be made by the Borrower on account of principal, interest and
fees shall be made without defense, set-off or counterclaim (except as provided
in Section 2.16(b)) and shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Lenders at the Administrative Agent's office specified on
Schedule 9.2 in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 1:00
P.M. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date when due. The Administrative
Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled thereto promptly
upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than
payments on the LIBOR Rate Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a
Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business
Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be
payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a
LIBOR Rate Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the
maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless
the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another
calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately
preceding Business Day.

       (b)     Allocation of Payments After Event of Default. Notwithstanding
any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, after the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts collected or received
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of the Credit Party
Obligations or any other amounts outstanding under any of the Credit Documents
shall be paid over or delivered as follows:

               FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
       expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) of the
       Administrative Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the
       Lenders under the Credit Documents;

               SECOND, to payment of any fees owed to the Administrative Agent;

               THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
       expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) of
       each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing its rights under the
       Credit Documents or otherwise with respect to the Credit Party
       Obligations owing to such Lender;

               FOURTH, to the payment of all of the Credit Party Obligations
       consisting of accrued fees and interest;

               FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the
       Credit Party Obligations (including the payment or cash collateralization
       of the outstanding LOC Obligations);

               SIXTH, to all other Credit Party Obligations and other
       obligations which shall have become due and payable under the Credit
       Documents or otherwise and not repaid pursuant to clauses "FIRST" through
       "FIFTH" above; and

               SEVENTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to whoever may be
       lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.



                                       30
<PAGE>   36


       In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in
       the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the
       next succeeding category; (ii) each of the Lenders shall receive an
       amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then
       outstanding Loans and LOC Obligations held by such Lender bears to the
       aggregate then outstanding Loans and LOC Obligations) of amounts
       available to be applied pursuant to clauses "THIRD", "FOURTH", "FIFTH"
       and "SIXTH" above; and (iii) to the extent that any amounts available for
       distribution pursuant to clause "FIFTH" above are attributable to the
       issued but undrawn amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, such amounts
       shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a cash collateral account
       and applied (A) first, to reimburse the Issuing Lender from time to time
       for any drawings under such Letters of Credit and (B) then, following the
       expiration of all Letters of Credit, to all other obligations of the
       types described in clauses "FIFTH", "SIXTH", and "SEVENTH" above in the
       manner provided in this Section 2.10(b).

       SECTION 2.11    NON-RECEIPT OF FUNDS BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

       (a)     Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in
       writing by a Lender prior to the date a Loan is to be made by such Lender
       (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that such Lender does not
       intend to make the proceeds of such Loan available to the Administrative
       Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
       proceeds available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the
       Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not
       be required to) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If
       such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the
       Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall be able to recover
       such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay
       such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent's
       demand therefor, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the
       Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding
       amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also
       be entitled to recover from the Lender or the Borrower, as the case may
       be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the
       date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative
       Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered
       by the Administrative Agent at a per annum rate equal to (i) from the
       Borrower at the applicable rate for the applicable borrowing pursuant to
       the Notice of Borrowing and (ii) from a Lender at the Federal Effective
       Funds Rate.

               (b)     Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified
       in writing by the Borrower, prior to the date on which any payment is due
       from it hereunder (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that the
       Borrower does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent
       may assume that such Borrower has made such payment when due, and the
       Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not
       be required to) make available to each Lender on such payment date an
       amount equal to the portion of such assumed payment to which such Lender
       is entitled hereunder, and if the Borrower has not in fact made such
       payment to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall, on demand, repay
       to the Administrative Agent the amount made available



                                       31
<PAGE>   37


       to such Lender. If such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent on a
       date after the date such amount was made available to such Lender, such
       Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand interest on such
       amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made
       available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such
       amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent at a per annum rate equal
       to the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

               (c)     A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to
       the Borrower or any Lender with respect to any amount owing under this
       Section 2.11 showing in reasonable detail the computations used by the
       Administrative Agent in determining such amounts shall be conclusive in
       the absence of manifest error.

       SECTION 2.12    INABILITY TO DETERMINE INTEREST RATE.

       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if (i) the
Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine (which determination shall be
conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances
affecting the relevant market, reasonable and adequate means do not exist for
ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, or (ii) the Required Lenders shall
reasonably determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent
manifest error) that the LIBOR Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the
cost to such Lenders of funding LIBOR Rate Loans that the Borrower has requested
be outstanding as a LIBOR Tranche during such Interest Period, the
Administrative Agent shall forthwith give telephone notice of such
determination, confirmed in writing, to the Borrower, and the Lenders at least
two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. Unless the
Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such
telephone notice that it wishes to rescind or modify its request regarding such
LIBOR Rate Loans, any Loans that were requested to be made as LIBOR Rate Loans
shall be made as Alternate Base Rate Loans and any Loans that were requested to
be converted into or continued as LIBOR Rate Loans shall be converted into
Alternate Base Rate Loans. Until any such notice has been withdrawn by the
Administrative Agent, no further Loans shall be made as, continued as, or
converted into, LIBOR Rate Loans for the Interest Periods so affected.

       SECTION 2.13    ILLEGALITY.

       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the adoption of
or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application
thereof by the relevant Governmental Authority to any Lender, in each case made
subsequent to the date hereof, shall make it unlawful for such Lender or its
LIBOR Lending Office to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans as contemplated by
this Agreement or to obtain in the interbank eurodollar market through its LIBOR
Lending Office the funds with which to make such Loans, (a) such Lender shall
promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower thereof, (b) the
commitment of such Lender hereunder to make LIBOR Rate Loans or continue LIBOR
Rate Loans as such shall forthwith be suspended until the Administrative Agent
shall give notice that the condition or situation which gave rise to the
suspension shall no longer exist (which notice shall be given promptly after
such condition or situation shall no longer exist), and (c) such Lender's Loans
then outstanding as LIBOR Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted on the last day
of the Interest



                                       32
<PAGE>   38


Period for such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law as
Alternate Base Rate Loans. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay any
Lender, within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender, any additional
amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for actual and direct costs (but not
including anticipated profits) reasonably incurred by such Lender in making any
repayment in accordance with this Section including, but not limited to, any
interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in
order to make or maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder. A certificate as to
any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by such
Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower showing in reasonable
detail the computations used by such Lender in determining such amounts shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Each Lender agrees to use
reasonable efforts (including reasonable efforts to change its LIBOR Lending
Office) to avoid or to minimize any amounts which may otherwise be payable
pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that such efforts shall not cause
the imposition on such Lender of any additional costs or legal or regulatory
burdens reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material.

       SECTION 2.14    REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.

               (a)     If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of
       Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any
       Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of
       law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made
       subsequent to the date hereof:

                       (i)     shall subject such Lender to any tax of any kind
               whatsoever with respect to any Letter of Credit or any
               application relating thereto, or any LIBOR Rate Loan made by it,
               or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in
               respect thereof (except for changes in taxes excluded under
               Section 2.16(a));

                       (ii)    shall impose, modify or hold applicable any
               reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement
               against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for
               the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by,
               or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender
               which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR
               Rate hereunder; or

                       (iii)   shall impose on such Lender any other condition
               in connection with this Agreement (except for any tax of any kind
               which are separately addressed in Section 2.16);

       and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such
       Lender of making or maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans or the Letters of Credit
       or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder or under any Note, then, in
       any such case, the Borrower shall pay such Lender, within fifteen (15)
       days after demand by such Lender, any additional amounts necessary to
       compensate such Lender for such additional cost or reduced amount
       receivable which such Lender reasonably deems to be material as
       reasonably determined by such Lender with respect to its LIBOR Rate Loans
       or Letters of Credit. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable
       pursuant to this Section submitted by such Lender, through the
       Administrative Agent, to the Borrower showing in reasonable



                                       33
<PAGE>   39


       detail the computations used by such Lender in determining such amounts
       and the method by which such Lender allocated such amounts to the
       Borrower (which method must have been applied by such Lender in good
       faith) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Each Lender
       agrees to use reasonable efforts (including reasonable efforts to change
       its Domestic Lending Office or LIBOR Lending Office, as the case may be)
       to avoid or to minimize any amounts which might otherwise be payable
       pursuant to this paragraph of this Section; provided, however, that such
       efforts shall not cause the imposition on such Lender of any additional
       costs or legal or regulatory burdens reasonably deemed by such Lender to
       be material.

               (b)     If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of
       Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application
       thereof or compliance by any Lender or any corporation controlling such
       Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether
       or not having the force of law) from any central bank or Governmental
       Authority made subsequent to the date hereof does or shall have the
       effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or such
       corporation's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a
       level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have
       achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into
       consideration such Lender's or such corporation's policies with respect
       to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be
       material, then from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after demand
       by such Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional
       amount as shall be certified by such Lender as being required to
       compensate it for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional
       amounts payable under this Section submitted by a Lender (which
       certificate shall include a reasonably detailed description of the basis
       for the computation and the method by which such Lender allocated such
       amounts to the Borrower which method must have been applied by such
       Lender in good faith), through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower
       shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender agrees to use
       reasonable efforts (including reasonable efforts to change its Domestic
       Lending Office or LIBOR Lending Office, as the case may be) to avoid or
       to minimize any amounts which might otherwise be payable pursuant to this
       paragraph of this Section; provided, however, that such efforts shall not
       cause the imposition on such Lender of any additional costs or legal or
       regulatory burdens reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material.

               (c)     The agreements in this Section 2.14 shall survive the
       termination of this Agreement and payment of the Notes and all other
       amounts payable hereunder.

       SECTION 2.15    INDEMNITY.

       The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold such
Lender harmless from any funding loss or expense which such Lender may sustain
or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the
principal amount of or interest on any Loan by such Lender in accordance with
the terms hereof, (b) default by the Borrower in accepting a borrowing after the
Borrower has given a notice in accordance with the terms hereof, (c) default by
the Borrower in making any prepayment after the Borrower has given a notice in
accordance with the terms hereof, and/or (d) the making by the Borrower of a
prepayment of a Loan, or the



                                       34
<PAGE>   40


conversion thereof, on a day which is not the last day of the Interest Period
with respect thereto, in each case including, but not limited to, any such loss
or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of
funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Loans hereunder. A certificate as
to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any
Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrower (which certificate
must be delivered to the Administrative Agent within thirty days following such
default, prepayment or conversion and must show in reasonable detail the
computations used by such Lender in determining such amounts) shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The agreements in this Section
shall survive termination of this Agreement and payment of the Notes and all
other amounts payable hereunder.

       SECTION 2.16    TAXES.

               (a)     All payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under any
       Note will be, except as provided in Section 2.16(b), made free and clear
       of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future
       taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of
       whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority or
       by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with
       respect to such payments (but excluding any tax imposed on or measured by
       the overall gross or net income or profits of a Lender and any franchise
       taxes imposed on a Lender pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in
       which it is organized or the jurisdiction in which the principal office
       or applicable lending office of such Lender is located or any subdivision
       thereof or therein) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities
       with respect thereto (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts,
       duties, fees, assessments or other charges being referred to collectively
       as "Taxes"). If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, the Borrower agrees
       to pay the full amount of such Taxes, and such additional amounts as may
       be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this
       Agreement or under any Note, after withholding or deduction for or on
       account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for
       herein or in such Note. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative
       Agent as soon as practicable after the date the payment of any Taxes is
       due pursuant to applicable law certified copies (to the extent reasonably
       available and required by law) of tax receipts evidencing such payment by
       the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
       Lender, and reimburse such Lender upon its written request, for the
       amount of any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Lender.

               (b)     Each Lender that is not a United States person (as such
       term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to
       the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing
       Date, or in the case of a Lender that is an assignee or transferee of an
       interest under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.6(d) (unless the
       respective Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to
       such assignment or transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer
       to such Lender, (i) if the Lender is a "bank" within the meaning of
       Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, two accurate and complete original
       signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or 1001 (or successor
       forms) certifying such Lender's entitlement to a complete exemption from
       United States withholding tax with respect to payments to be made under
       this



                                       35
<PAGE>   41


       Agreement and under any Note, or (ii) if the Lender is not a "bank"
       within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, either Internal
       Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 as set forth in clause (i) above, or
       (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Schedule 2.16 (any such
       certificate, a "2.16 Certificate") and (y) two accurate and complete
       original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or successor
       form) certifying such Lender's entitlement to an exemption from United
       States withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made
       under this Agreement and under any Note. In addition, each Lender agrees
       that it will deliver upon the Borrower's request updated versions of the
       foregoing, as applicable, whenever the previous certification has become
       obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, together with such other
       forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the entitlement
       of such Lender to a continued exemption from or reduction in United
       States withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and
       any Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section
       2.16(a), but subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, (x) each
       Borrower shall be entitled, to the extent it is required to do so by law,
       to deduct or withhold Taxes imposed by the United States (or any
       political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from
       interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any
       Lender which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in
       Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to
       the extent that such Lender has not provided to the Borrower U.S.
       Internal Revenue Service Forms that establish a complete exemption from
       such deduction or withholding and (y) the Borrower shall not be obligated
       pursuant to Section 2.16(a) to gross-up payments to be made to a Lender
       in respect of Taxes imposed by the United States if (I) such Lender has
       not provided to the Borrower the Internal Revenue Service Forms required
       to be provided to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.16(b) or (II)
       in the case of a payment, other than interest, to a Lender described in
       clause (ii) above, to the extent that such Forms do not establish a
       complete exemption from withholding of such Taxes. Notwithstanding
       anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere
       in this Section 2.16, the Borrower agrees to pay additional amounts and
       to indemnify each Lender in the manner set forth in Section 2.16(a)
       (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring the
       deduction or withholding) in respect of any amounts deducted or withheld
       by it as described in the immediately preceding sentence as a result of
       any changes after the Closing Date in any applicable law, treaty,
       governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the
       interpretation thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of
       Taxes.

               (c)     Each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (including
       reasonable efforts to change its Domestic Lending Office or LIBOR Lending
       Office, as the case may be) to avoid or to minimize any amounts which
       might otherwise be payable pursuant to this Section; provided, however,
       that such efforts shall not cause the imposition on such Lender of any
       additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens reasonably deemed by such
       Lender to be material.

               (d)     If the Borrower pays any additional amount pursuant to
       this Section 2.16 with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall use
       reasonable efforts to obtain a refund of tax or credit against its tax
       liabilities on account of such payment; provided that such Lender shall
       have no obligation to use such reasonable efforts if either (i) it is in
       an



                                       36
<PAGE>   42


       excess foreign tax credit position or (ii) it believes in good faith, in
       its sole discretion, that claiming a refund or credit would cause adverse
       tax consequences to it. In the event that such Lender receives such a
       refund or credit, such Lender shall pay to the Borrower an amount that
       such Lender reasonably determines is equal to the net tax benefit
       obtained by such Lender as a result of such payment by the Borrower. In
       the event that no refund or credit is obtained with respect to the
       Borrower's payments to such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16, then
       such Lender shall upon request provide a certification that such Lender
       has not received a refund or credit for such payments. Nothing contained
       in this Section 2.16 shall require a Lender to disclose or detail the
       basis of its calculation of the amount of any tax benefit or any other
       amount or the basis of its determination referred to in the proviso to
       the first sentence of this Section 2.16 to the Borrower or any other
       party.

               (e)     The agreements in this Section 2.16 shall survive the
       termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Notes and all other
       amounts payable hereunder.

       SECTION 2.17    INDEMNIFICATION; NATURE OF ISSUING LENDER'S DUTIES.

               (a)     In addition to its other obligations under Section 2.4,
       the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save each
       Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
       liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including
       reasonable attorneys' fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be
       subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of
       any Letter of Credit or (ii) the failure of the Issuing Lender to honor a
       drawing under a Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission,
       whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de
       facto government or governmental authority (all such acts or omissions,
       herein called "Government Acts").

               (b)     As between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender, the
       Borrower shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse of any
       Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof. The Issuing Lender shall not
       be responsible: (i) for the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy,
       genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in
       connection with the application for and issuance of any Letter of Credit,
       even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
       insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) for the validity or
       sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to
       transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
       thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, that may prove to be
       invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) for its refusal to honor any
       draw under a Letter of Credit where the beneficiary has failed to comply
       fully with conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of
       Credit; (iv) for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in
       transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph,
       telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) for errors in
       interpretation of technical terms; (vi) for any loss or delay in the
       transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a
       drawing under a Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; and (vii)
       for any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the
       Issuing Lender, including, without limitation, any Government Acts. None
       of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of the Issuing
       Lender's rights or powers hereunder.


                                       37
<PAGE>   43


               (c)     In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the
       specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by
       the Issuing Lender, under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or
       the related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not
       put such Issuing Lender under any resulting liability to the Borrower. It
       is the intention of the parties that this Agreement shall be construed
       and applied to protect and indemnify the Issuing Lender against any and
       all risks involved in the issuance of the Letters of Credit, all of which
       risks are hereby assumed by the Borrower, including, without limitation,
       any and all risks of the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful,
       of any Government Authority. The Issuing Lender shall not, in any way, be
       liable for any failure by the Issuing Lender or anyone else to pay any
       drawing under any Letter of Credit as a result of any Government Acts or
       any other cause beyond the control of the Issuing Lender.

               (d)     Nothing in this Section 2.17 is intended to limit the
       reimbursement obligation of the Borrower contained in Section 2.2(d)
       hereof. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.17 shall
       survive the termination of this Agreement. No act or omissions of any
       current or prior beneficiary of a Letter of Credit shall in any way
       affect or impair the rights of the Issuing Lender to enforce any right,
       power or benefit under this Agreement.

               (e)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
       this Section 2.17, the Borrower shall have no obligation to indemnify any
       Issuing Lender in respect of any liability incurred by such Issuing
       Lender arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
       Issuing Lender (including action not taken by an Issuing Lender), or
       caused by such Issuing Lender's failure to pay under any Letter of Credit
       after presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms
       and conditions of such Letter of Credit, unless such payment is
       prohibited by any law, regulation, court order or decree.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       To induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the
Extensions of Credit herein provided for, the Credit Parties hereby represent
and warrant to the Administrative Agent and to each Lender that:

       SECTION 3.1     FINANCIAL CONDITION.

       The balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
of November 30, 1997 and November 28, 1998 and the related statements of income
and of cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the
fiscal years then ended audited by Arthur Anderson LLP are complete and correct
and present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as of such dates and the results of their operations



                                       38
<PAGE>   44


and cash flows for such fiscal years. All such financial statements, including
the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed
therein). Additionally, the company-prepared pro forma balance sheets and the
five-year projections have been prepared in good faith based upon reasonable
assumptions.

       SECTION 3.2     NO CHANGE.

       Since May 29, 1999 (and, after delivery of annual audited financial
statements in accordance Section 5.1(a), from the date of the most recently
delivered annual audited financial statements), there has been no development or
event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

       SECTION 3.3     CORPORATE EXISTENCE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

       Each of the Credit Parties (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has
the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own and operate all its
material property, to lease the material property it operates as lessee and to
conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified to
conduct business and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where
its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to so qualify
or be in good standing could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of
Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

       SECTION 3.4     CORPORATE POWER; AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS;
                       NO CONSENTS.

       Each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties has full power and
authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform the Credit Documents
to which it is party and has taken all necessary limited liability company or
corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of
the Credit Documents to which it is party. No consent or authorization of,
filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental
Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings
hereunder or with the execution, delivery or performance of any Credit Document
by the Borrower or the other Credit Parties (other than those which have been
obtained) or with the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document against
the Borrower or the other Credit Parties (except such filings as are necessary
in connection with the perfection of the Liens created by such Credit
Documents). Each Credit Document to which it is a party has been duly executed
and delivered on behalf of the Borrower or the other Credit Parties, as the case
may be. Each Credit Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Borrower or the other Credit Parties, as the case
may be, enforceable against the Borrower or such other Credit Party, as the case
may be, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors'



                                       39
<PAGE>   45


rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is
sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

       SECTION 3.5     NO LEGAL BAR; NO DEFAULT.

       The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents, the
borrowings thereunder and the use of the proceeds of the Loans will not violate
any Requirement of Law, any organizational document or any Contractual
Obligation of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (except those as to which waivers
or consents have been obtained or, in the case of Contractual Obligations,
violations which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect), and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any
Lien on any of its or their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any
Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation other than the Liens arising under
or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents. Neither the Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any of its
Contractual Obligations in any respect which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing.

       SECTION 3.6     NO MATERIAL LITIGATION.

       Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6, no litigation, investigation or
proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or,
to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by or against the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective properties or
revenues (a) with respect to the Credit Documents or any Loan or any of the
transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

       SECTION 3.7     INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.

       Neither the Borrower nor any Credit Party is an "investment company", or
a company "controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

       SECTION 3.8     MARGIN REGULATIONS.

       No part of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used directly or
indirectly for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with,
the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. The Borrower
and its Subsidiaries taken as a group do not own "margin stock" except as
identified in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 and on
Schedule 1.1B and the aggregate value of all "margin stock" owned by the Credit
Parties taken as a group does not exceed 25% of the value of their assets.

       SECTION 3.9     ERISA.

       Neither a Reportable Event nor an "accumulated funding deficiency"
(within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has
occurred during the five-year period



                                       40
<PAGE>   46


prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with
respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with
the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, except to the extent that any
such occurrence or failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred
resulting in any liability that has remained underfunded, and no Lien in favor
of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of
all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions
used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to
the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value
of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by an amount
which, as determined in accordance with GAAP, could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled
Entity is currently subject to any liability for a complete or partial
withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.

       SECTION 3.10    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

       Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, which matters, in the aggregate,
are, to the knowledge of Borrower, not reasonably expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect:

               (a)     To the best knowledge of the Borrower, the facilities and
       properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its
       Subsidiaries (the "Properties") do not contain any Materials of
       Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a
       violation of, or (ii) could give rise to liability under, any
       Environmental Law.

               (b)     To the best knowledge of the Borrower, the Properties and
       all operations of the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries at the Properties
       are in compliance in all material respects, and have in the last five
       years been in compliance in all material respects, with all applicable
       Environmental Laws, and there is no violation of any Environmental Law
       with respect to the Properties or the business operated by the Borrower
       or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Business").

               (c)     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
       received any written or actual notice of violation, alleged violation,
       non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental
       matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the
       Properties or the Business, nor does the Borrower or any of its
       Subsidiaries have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice
       will be received or is being threatened.

               (d)     To the best knowledge of the Borrower, Materials of
       Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the
       Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could
       give rise to liability under any Environmental Law, nor have any
       Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or
       disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in
       a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable
       Environmental Law.


                                       41
<PAGE>   47


               (e)     No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative
       action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under
       any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or will
       be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor
       are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders,
       administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or
       judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with
       respect to the Properties or the Business.

               (f)     To the best knowledge of the Borrower, there has been no
       release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or
       from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of the
       Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the Properties or otherwise
       in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a
       manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.

       SECTION 3.11    USE OF PROCEEDS.

       The proceeds of the Loans hereunder shall be used solely by the Borrower
to (i) provide for working capital, capital expenditures and other general
corporate purposes and (ii) finance acquisitions as permitted by the terms
hereof. The Letters of Credit shall be used only for or in connection with
appeal bonds, reimbursement obligations arising in connection with surety and
reclamation bonds, reinsurance, domestic or international trade transactions and
obligations not otherwise aforementioned relating to transactions entered into
by the applicable account party in the ordinary course of business.

       SECTION 3.12    SUBSIDIARIES.

       Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a complete and accurate list of all
Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Information on the attached Schedule includes
state of incorporation; the number of shares of each class of Capital Stock or
other equity interests outstanding; the number and percentage of outstanding
shares of each class of stock; and the number and effect, if exercised, of all
outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar
rights. The outstanding Capital Stock and other equity interests of all such
Subsidiaries are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are owned,
free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

       SECTION 3.13    OWNERSHIP.

       Each of the Credit Parties is the owner of, and has good and marketable
title to, all of its respective assets, except as may be permitted pursuant
Section 6.13 hereof and except for defects in title that do not interfere in any
material respect with the operation of the business of the Credit Parties and
could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, and none of such assets is subject to any Lien other than Permitted
Liens.

       SECTION 3.14    INDEBTEDNESS.



                                       42
<PAGE>   48


       Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.1, the Credit Parties have
no Indebtedness.

       SECTION 3.15    TAXES.

       Each of the Credit Parties has filed, or caused to be filed, all tax
returns (federal, state, local and foreign) required to be filed and paid (a)
all amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties)
and (b) all other taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges
(including mortgage recording taxes, documentary stamp taxes and intangibles
taxes) owing by it, except for such taxes (i) which are not yet delinquent or
(ii) that are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and
against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware as of the Closing Date
of any proposed tax assessments against them or any of their Subsidiaries which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

       SECTION 3.16    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

       Each of the Credit Parties owns, or has the legal right to use, all
trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, technology, know-how and processes necessary
for each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted. No claim has
been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of
any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such
Intellectual Property, nor does the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries know of
any such claim, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, the use of such Intellectual Property by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such
claims and infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

       SECTION 3.17    SOLVENCY.

       The fair saleable value of each Credit Party's assets, measured on a
going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities, including those to be
incurred pursuant to this Agreement. None of the Credit Parties (a) has
unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which it is or
proposes to be engaged or (b) has incurred, or believes that it will incur,
after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, debts
beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due.

       SECTION 3.18    INVESTMENTS.

       All Investments of each of the Credit Parties are Permitted Investments.

       SECTION 3.19    NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS.

       None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any
agreement or instrument or subject to any other obligation or any charter or
corporate restriction or any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation
which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.



                                       43
<PAGE>   49


       SECTION 3.20    BROKERS' FEES.

       None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to any
Person in respect of any finder's, broker's, investment banking or other similar
fee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Credit
Documents other than the closing and other fees payable pursuant to this
Agreement.

       SECTION 3.21    LABOR MATTERS.

       There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans
covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the
Closing Date, and none of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) has
suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor
difficulty within the last five years or (ii) has knowledge of any potential or
pending strike, walkout or work stoppage which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

       SECTION 3.22    ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF INFORMATION.

       All factual information heretofore, contemporaneously or hereafter
furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender in writing for purposes of or in connection
with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or any transaction
contemplated hereby or thereby, is or will be true and accurate in all material
respects and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to
make such information not misleading, in each case as of the date stated or
certified; provided, however, that, with respect to pro forma and projected
financial information, the Credit Parties represent only that such information
was prepared in good faith based upon reasonable assumptions. There is no fact
now known to any Credit Party which has, or could reasonably be expected to
have, a Material Adverse Effect which fact has not been set forth herein, in the
financial statements of the Credit Parties furnished to the Administrative Agent
and/or the Lenders, or in any certificate, opinion or other written statement
made or furnished by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and/or the
Lenders.

       SECTION 3.23    YEAR 2000 ISSUE.

       Any reprogramming and related testing required to permit the proper
functioning of the computer systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in and
following the year 2000 will be completed in all material respects prior to
November 27, 1999 (that is, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries will be "Year 2000
Compliant"), and the cost to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of such
reprogramming and testing will not result in a Default or Event of Default or a
Material Adverse Effect. Except for such reprogramming referred to in the
preceding sentence as may be necessary, the computer and management information
systems of the Borrower, and its Subsidiaries are and, with ordinary course
upgrading and maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement to be,
adequate for the conduct of its business.




                                       44
<PAGE>   50

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     SECTION 4.1   CONDITIONS TO CLOSING DATE AND INITIAL LOANS.

     This Agreement shall become effective upon, and the obligation of each
Lender to make the initial Loans on the Closing Date is subject to, the
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

             (a)   Execution of Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received (i) counterparts of this Agreement, executed by a duly authorized
     officer of each party hereto, (ii) Notes for the account of each Lender and
     (iii) all other Credit Documents, each in form and substance reasonably
     acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

             (b)   Authority Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received the following:

                   (i)   Organizational Documents. A copy of the articles of
             organization, articles of incorporation or other organizational
             documents, as applicable, of each Credit Party certified to be
             true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate
             governmental authority of the state of its organization.

                   (ii)  Resolutions. A copy of the resolutions of the managing
             member (or, if required, of all members) or board of directors of
             each Credit Party approving and adopting the Credit Documents,
             the transactions contemplated therein and authorizing execution
             and delivery thereof, certified by an officer of such Credit
             Party as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force
             and effect as of such date.

                   (iii) Bylaws. A copy of the operating agreement or bylaws of
             each Credit Party, if applicable, certified by an officer of such
             Credit Party as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in
             force and effect as of such date.

                   (iv)  Good Standing. Copies of certificates of good standing,
             existence or its equivalent with respect to each Credit Party
             certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental
             authorities of the state of organization and each other state in
             which the failure to so qualify and be in good standing could
             reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
             business or operations of the Credit Parties in such state.

                   (v)   Incumbency. An incumbency certificate of each Credit
             Party certified by a secretary or assistant secretary to be true
             and correct as of the Closing Date.



                                       45

<PAGE>   51

             (c)   Legal Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall
     have received an opinion of McGuire, Woods, Battle & Boothe LLP, counsel
     for the Credit Parties, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the
     Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to
     the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, a satisfactory
     no-conflicts opinion).

             (d)   Fees. The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees,
     if any, owing pursuant to the Commitment Letter and Section 2.3.

             (e)   Solvency Evidence. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received an officer's certificate for each Credit Party prepared by the
     principal financial officer of each such Credit Party as to the financial
     condition, solvency and related matters of each such Credit Party, in each
     case after giving effect to the initial borrowings under the Credit
     Documents, in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(e) hereto.

             (f)   Account Designation Letter. The Administrative Agent shall
     have received the executed Account Designation Letter in the form of
     Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.

             (g)   Ownership Structure. The capital and ownership structure of
     the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and any Minority Interests (after giving
     effect to the transactions contemplated hereby) shall be as described in
     Schedule 3.12. The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied with management
     structure, legal structure, voting control, liquidity, total leverage and
     total capitalization of the Borrower as of the Closing Date.

             (h)   Consents. The Administrative Agent shall have received
     evidence that all governmental, shareholder and material third party
     consents and approvals necessary in connection with the financings and
     other transactions contemplated hereby have been obtained and all
     applicable waiting periods have expired without any action being taken by
     any authority or third party that could restrain, prevent or impose any
     material adverse conditions on such transactions or that could seek or
     threaten any of the foregoing.

             (i)   Compliance with Laws. The financings and other transactions
     contemplated hereby shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and
     regulations (including all applicable securities and banking laws, rules
     and regulations).

             (j)   Bankruptcy. There shall be no bankruptcy or insolvency
     proceedings with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

             (k)   Material Adverse Effect. No material adverse change shall
     have occurred since May 29, 1999 in the business, properties, operations or
     conditions (financial or otherwise) of the Credit Parties taken as a whole.

             (l)   Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received copies of all of the financial statements referred to in Section
     3.1, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it.



                                       46

<PAGE>   52

             (m)   Year 2000 Plan. The Administrative Agent shall have received
     the Borrower's plan for becoming Year 2000 Compliant, which plan shall be
     in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

             (n)   Officer's Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received a certificate or certificates executed by a responsible officer of
     the Borrower as of the Closing Date stating that (i) no action, suit,
     investigation or proceeding is pending or threatened in any court or before
     any arbitrator or governmental instrumentality that purports to affect the
     Borrower or any Subsidiary or any transaction contemplated by the Credit
     Documents, if such action, suit, investigation or proceeding could
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii)
     immediately after giving effect to this Credit Agreement, the other Credit
     Documents and all the transactions contemplated therein to occur on such
     date, (A) each of the Credit Parties is Solvent, (B) no Default or Event of
     Default exists, (C) all representations and warranties contained herein and
     in the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material
     respects, and (D) the Credit Parties are in compliance with each of the
     financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9.

             (o)   Additional Matters. All other documents and legal matters in
     connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be
     reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent
     and its counsel.

     SECTION 4.2   CONDITIONS TO ALL EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.

     The obligation of each Lender to make any Extension of Credit hereunder is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the date of
making such Extension of Credit:

             (a)   Representations and Warranties. The representations and
     warranties made by the Credit Parties herein or which are contained in any
     certificate furnished at any time under or in connection herewith, except
     as such relate explicitly to an earlier date, shall be true and correct in
     all material respects on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit as
     if made on and as of such date.

             (b)   No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving
     effect to the Extension of Credit to be made on such date unless such
     Default or Event of Default shall have been waived in accordance with this
     Agreement.

             (c)   Compliance with Commitments. Immediately after giving effect
     to the making of any such Extension of Credit (and the application of the
     proceeds thereof), (i) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of
     outstanding Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed the
     Revolving Committed Amount and (ii) the outstanding LOC Obligations shall
     not exceed the LOC Committed Amount.



                                       47

<PAGE>   53

             (d)   Additional Conditions to Loans. If such Loan is made pursuant
     to Section 2.1, all conditions set forth in such Section shall have been
     satisfied.

             (e)   Additional Conditions to Letters of Credit. If such Extension
     of Credit is made pursuant to Section 2.2, all conditions set fort in such
     Section shall have been satisfied.

     Each request for an Extension of Credit and each acceptance by the Borrower
of any such Extension of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation
and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such Extension of Credit that the
applicable conditions in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this Section have been
satisfied.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and
thereafter for so long as this Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments
have terminated, no Note remains outstanding and unpaid and the Credit Party
Obligations, together with interest, Commitment Fees and all other amounts owing
to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, are paid in full, the
Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than in the case
of Sections 5.1, 5.2 or 5.7 hereof), to:

     SECTION 5.1   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

     Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

             (a)   Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any
     event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the
     Borrower, (i) a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
     its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the
     related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash
     flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such year,
     audited by a "Big Five" accounting firm, setting forth in each case in
     comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a
     "going concern" or like qualification or exception, or qualification
     indicating that the scope of the audit was inadequate to permit such
     independent certified public accountants to certify such financial
     statements without such qualification and (ii) a company-prepared
     consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related
     company-prepared consolidating statements of income and retained earnings
     and of cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for
     such year, in each case setting forth in comparative form consolidating
     figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal
     year;

             (b)   Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available and in
     any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first
     three fiscal quarters of the



                                       48

<PAGE>   54

     Borrower, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
     its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related
     company-prepared consolidated statements of income and retained earnings
     and of cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for
     such quarterly period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with
     such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form consolidated
     figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal
     year (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments); and

             (c)   Annual Budget Plan. As soon as available, but in any event
     within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of
     the detailed annual operating budget or plan of the Borrower for the next
     fiscal year on a month-by-month basis, in form and detail reasonably
     acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, together
     with a summary of the material assumptions made in the preparation of such
     annual budget or plan;

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material
respects (subject, in the case of interim statements, to normal recurring
year-end audit adjustments) and to be prepared in reasonable detail and, in the
case of the annual and quarterly financial statements provided in accordance
with subsections (a) and (b) above, in accordance with GAAP applied consistently
throughout the periods reflected therein and further accompanied by a
description of, and an estimation of the effect on the financial statements on
account of, a change, if any, in the application of accounting principles as
provided in Section 1.3.

     SECTION 5.2   CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION.

     Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

             (a)   concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
     referred to in Section 5.1(a) above, a certificate of the independent
     certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating
     that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained
     of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such
     certificate;

             (b)   concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
     referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above, a certificate of a
     Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer's
     knowledge, each of the Credit Parties during such period observed or
     performed in all material respects all of its covenants and other
     agreements, and satisfied in all material respects every condition,
     contained in this Agreement to be observed, performed or satisfied by it,
     and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default
     or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and such
     certificate shall include the calculations in reasonable detail required to
     indicate compliance with Section 5.9 as of the last day of such period;

             (c)   within thirty (30) days after the same are sent, copies of
     all reports (other than those otherwise provided pursuant to Section 5.1
     and those which are of a promotional nature) and other financial
     information which the Borrower sends to its



                                       49

<PAGE>   55

     shareholders, and within thirty days after the same are filed, copies of
     all financial statements and non-confidential reports which the Borrower
     may make to, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
     successor or analogous Governmental Authority;

             (d)   promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of any other report or
     "management letter" submitted by independent accountants to the Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special
     audit of the books of such Person; and

             (e)   promptly, such additional financial and other information as
     the Administrative Agent, on behalf of any Lender, may from time to time
     reasonably request.

     SECTION 5.3   PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.

     Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they
become delinquent, as the case may be, in accordance with industry and
historical company practice (subject, where applicable, to specified grace
periods) all its material obligations (including, without limitation, all taxes)
of whatever nature and any additional costs that are imposed as a result of any
failure to so pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such obligations, except when
the amount or validity of such obligations and costs is currently being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves, if applicable,
in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of
the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

     SECTION 5.4   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE.

     Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by
it on the Closing Date and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its
existence as a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, and take
all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises
necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business; comply with all
Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law applicable to it except to the
extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 5.5   MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE.

             (a)   Keep all material property useful and necessary in its
     business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and
     obsolescence excepted); and

             (b)   Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance
     companies (or through self-insurance in accordance with practices customary
     for companies engaged in the same or a similar business) insurance on all
     its material property in at least such amounts and against at least such
     risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies
     engaged in the same or a similar business; and furnish to the
     Administrative Agent, upon written request, full information as to the
     insurance carried;



                                       50

<PAGE>   56

     provided, however, that the Credit Parties may maintain self insurance
     plans to the extent companies of similar size and in similar businesses do
     so.

     SECTION 5.6   INSPECTION OF PROPERTY; BOOKS AND RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS.

     Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct
entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all
dealings and transactions in relation to its businesses and activities; and
permit during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to
visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any
of its books and records (other than materials protected by the attorney-client
privilege and materials which the Borrower may not disclose without violation of
a confidentiality obligation binding upon it) at any reasonable time and as
often as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the business, operations,
properties and financial and other condition of the Credit Parties with officers
and employees of the Credit Parties and with its independent certified public
accountants. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be solely
responsible for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such
visit, inspection or examination conducted or held other than during the
continuance of an Event of Default. The Borrower shall be solely responsible for
all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such visit, inspection or
examination conducted or held during the continuance of an Event of Default.

     SECTION 5.7   NOTICES.

     Give notice in writing to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly
transmit such notice to each Lender) of:

             (a)   promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days,
     after the Borrower has knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any Default or
     Event of Default;

             (b)   promptly, any default or event of default under any
     Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which
     could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

             (c)   promptly, any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding
     (including, without limitation, any governmental or environmental
     proceeding) known to the Borrower, affecting the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected
     to have a Material Adverse Effect;

             (d)   as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30)
     days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the
     occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to
     any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the
     creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC (other than a Permitted Lien) or
     a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or
     Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of
     proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower
     or any Commonly Controlled Entity or



                                       51

<PAGE>   57

     any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the
     terminating, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

             (e)   promptly, any other development or event which could
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein
and stating what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto. In
the case of any notice of a Default or Event of Default, the Borrower shall
specify that such notice is a Default or Event of Default notice on the face
thereof.

     SECTION 5.8   ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

             (a)   Comply in all material respects with, and use reasonably
     efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and
     subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and
     comply in all material respects with and maintain, and use reasonable
     efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all
     material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals,
     notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable
     Environmental Laws except to the extent that failure to do so could not
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

             (b)   Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling
     and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under
     Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all
     lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding
     Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested
     in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the pendency of such
     proceedings could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
     Effect; and

             (c)   Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent
     and the Lenders, and their respective employees, agents, officers and
     directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines,
     liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or
     nature arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of,
     noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to
     the operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the
     Properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental
     Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable
     attorney's and consultant's fees, investigation and laboratory fees,
     response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent
     that any of the foregoing arise out of the acts or omissions or willful
     misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor. The agreements in
     this paragraph shall survive repayment of the Notes and all other amounts
     payable hereunder for a period of five (5) years.



                                       52

<PAGE>   58

     SECTION 5.9   FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

     Commencing on the day immediately following the Closing Date, the Credit
Parties shall comply with the following financial covenants:

             (a)   Leverage Ratio. The Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of
     each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, shall be less than or equal to 3.0 to
     1.0.

             (b)   Interest and Leases Coverage Ratio. The Interest and Leases
     Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower,
     shall be greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.0.

             (c)   Minimum Consolidated Working Capital. Consolidated Working
     Capital, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, shall
     be greater than or equal $50,000,000.

     SECTION 5.10  ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS.

     The Credit Parties will cause each of their wholly-owned Domestic
Subsidiaries which is an operating company, whether newly formed, after acquired
or otherwise existing, to promptly become a Guarantor hereunder by way of
execution of a Joinder Agreement.

     SECTION 5.11  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

     Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply
with all laws, rules, regulations and orders, and all applicable restrictions
imposed by all Governmental Authorities, applicable to it and its Property
(including, without limitation, all ERISA laws and regulations) if noncompliance
with any such law, rule, regulation, order or restriction could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 5.12  YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.

     Each Credit Party will promptly notify the Administrative Agent in the
event any Credit Party discovers or determines that any computer application
(including those of its suppliers, vendors and customers) that is material to
its or any of its Subsidiaries' business and operations will not be Year 2000
Compliant, except to the extent that such failure could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and
thereafter for so long as this Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments
have terminated, no Note remains outstanding and unpaid and the Credit Party
Obligations, together with interest,



                                       53

<PAGE>   59

Commitment Fees and all other amounts owing to the Administrative Agent or any
Lender hereunder, are paid in full that:

     SECTION 6.1   INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Credit Parties will not contract, create, incur, assume or permit to
exist any Indebtedness, except:

             (a)   Indebtedness arising or existing under this Agreement and the
     other Credit Documents;

             (b)   Indebtedness of the Credit Parties existing as of the Closing
     Date as referenced in the financial statements referenced in Section 3.1
     (and set out more specifically in Schedule 6.1(b)) and renewals,
     refinancings or extensions thereof in a principal amount not in excess of
     that outstanding as of the date of such renewal, refinancing or extension;

             (c)   Indebtedness of the Credit Parties incurred after the Closing
     Date consisting of Capital Leases or Indebtedness incurred to provide all
     or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset
     provided that (i) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the
     purchase price or cost of construction of such asset; (ii) no such
     Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal amount in excess of the
     principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing; and
     (iii) the total amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed
     $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

             (d)   Unsecured intercompany Indebtedness among the Credit Parties,
     provided that any such Indebtedness shall be fully subordinated to the
     Credit Party Obligations hereunder on terms substantially similar to those
     set forth in Schedule 6.1(d);

             (e)   Indebtedness and obligations owing under Hedging Agreements
     relating to the Loans hereunder and other Hedging Agreements entered into
     in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate, equity value
     exchange rate or commodity price risks and not for speculative purposes;

             (f)   Indebtedness and obligations of Credit Parties owing under
     documentary letters of credit for the purchase of goods or other
     merchandise generally (but not under standby, direct pay or other letters
     of credit except for the Letters of Credit hereunder);

             (g)   Indebtedness of the Credit Parties in respect of Guaranty
     Obligations incurred after the Closing Date guarantying loans having
     maturities not exceeding one year of BFD Licensees incurred to finance the
     acquisition of real property and/or construction of improvements on real
     property to be used in the business of the BFD Licensees as such in an
     aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;



                                       54

<PAGE>   60

             (h)   Indebtedness of the Credit Parties in respect of Guaranty
     Obligations guarantying loans of BFD Licensees incurred to finance working
     capital needs in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time
     outstanding;

             (i)   Indebtedness incurred in connection with any securitization,
     synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or
     other similar off-balance sheet financing product in an aggregate amount
     not to exceed $30,000,000 at any time outstanding and containing terms and
     conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and

             (j)   other unsecured Indebtedness of the Credit Parties which does
     not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, provided
     such Indebtedness contains covenants no more restrictive than those
     contained in this Credit Agreement.

     SECTION 6.2   LIENS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, contract,
create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of its
property or assets of any kind (whether real or personal, tangible or
intangible), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted
Liens.

     SECTION 6.3   NATURE OF BUSINESS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, alter the
character of its business in any material respect from that conducted as of the
Closing Date.

     SECTION 6.4   CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR PURCHASE OF ASSETS, ETC.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to,

             (a)   dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, sell, transfer,
     lease or otherwise dispose of its property or assets or agree to do so at a
     future time except the following, without duplication, shall be expressly
     permitted:

                   (i)   Specified Sales; and

                   (ii)  the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of
             property or assets (a) to an unrelated party not in the ordinary
             course of business (other than Specified Sales), where and to the
             extent that they are the result of a Recovery Event or (b) the
             sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of property or assets
             no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the
             Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as appropriate in its
             reasonable discretion, so long as the net cash proceeds from such
             sale, lease, transfer or other disposition are used by the
             Borrower or such Subsidiary to (A) acquire replacement property
             or assets of a similar character within 90 days after receipt of
             such net cash proceeds or (B) prepay the Loans



                                       55

<PAGE>   61

             hereunder, with a corresponding permanent reduction in the
             Revolving Committed Amount in the amount of such prepayment;

                   (iii) (A) the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets
             among the Credit Parties (at fair value) or from Subsidiaries
             which are not Credit Parties to Credit Parties (at not more than
             fair value), and (B) the sale, lease or transfer of real property
             or non-operating assets (at fair value) among the Credit Parties
             and their Subsidiaries which are not Credit Parties;

                   (iv)  the sale or lease of real property and improvements
             thereon to a BFD Licensee and the sale to any other Person of
             real property, fixtures and improvements thereon leased or to be
             leased by a BFD Licensee, provided that such sale or lease is at
             fair market value and the property is or will be used in the
             conduct of the BFD Licensee's business as such; and

                   (v)   the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets not
             to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

     provided, that with respect to subclauses (ii) and (iv) above, at least 75%
     of the aggregate consideration received therefor by the Borrower or any
     such Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; or

             (b)   (i) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in a single
     transaction or a series of related transactions) the property or assets of
     any Person (other than (A) purchases, leases or other acquisitions of
     property or assets in the ordinary course of business, except as otherwise
     limited or prohibited herein, (B) in connection with transactions permitted
     by Section 6.4(a)(iii) and (C) transactions permitted by Section 6.5);
     provided that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
     and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may acquire
     Capital Stock or other ownership interest in any Person (in a similar or
     complementary line of business) or any or all of the assets, property
     and/or operations of a Person (in a similar or complementary line of
     business) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 in any fiscal
     year; provided, that (A) such acquisition is not hostile in nature and (B)
     immediately before and after giving effect to any such acquisition, the
     Borrower can demonstrate to the Administrative Agent pro forma compliance
     with all provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) enter into any transaction
     of merger or consolidation, except for (A) investments or acquisitions
     permitted pursuant to Section 6.5, (B) the merger or consolidation of a
     Subsidiary with and into a Credit Party, provided that such Credit Party
     will be the surviving corporation and if the Borrower is a party thereto,
     the Borrower will be the surviving corporation, (C) the merger of another
     Person into a Credit Party in a transaction in which the Credit Party is
     the surviving corporation in a transaction otherwise permitted by clause
     (b)(i) above and (D) the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary (other
     than a Credit Party) into or with another Person in a transaction otherwise
     permitted by clause (b)(i) above if the Borrower determines in good faith
     that such merger or consolidation is in the best interests of the Borrower
     and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders.



                                       56

<PAGE>   62

     SECTION 6.5   ADVANCES, INVESTMENTS AND LOANS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, lend money or
extend credit or make advances to any Person, or purchase or acquire any stock,
obligations or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital
contribution to, any Person except for Permitted Investments.

     SECTION 6.6   TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

     Except as permitted in subsection (iv) of the definition of Permitted
Investments, The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, enter
into any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not in the ordinary
course of business, with any officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate other
than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable as would be obtainable
in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person other than an officer,
director, shareholder or Affiliate.

     SECTION 6.7   OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARIES; RESTRICTIONS.

     The Borrower will not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any
Capital Stock or other equity interests in any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it
permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise
dispose of any of their Capital Stock or other equity interests, except in a
transaction permitted by Section 6.4.

     SECTION 6.8   FISCAL YEAR; ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS; MATERIAL CONTRACTS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
change its fiscal year. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary
to, amend, modify or change its limited liability company operating agreement or
articles of incorporation, as applicable (or corporate charter or other similar
organizational document) or bylaws (or other similar document) in a manner
materially adverse to the Lenders without the prior written consent of the
Required Lenders. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent,
amend, modify, cancel or terminate any of the Material Contracts, except in the
event that such amendments, modifications, cancellations or terminations could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 6.9   LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED ACTIONS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Person to (a) pay
dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any Subsidiary on
its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or
measured by, its profits, (b) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (c) make loans or advances to the Borrower or
any Subsidiary, (d) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (e) act as a Guarantor and pledge its assets
pursuant to the Credit Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges,
refundings or extension thereof, except (in respect of any of the matters
referred to in



                                       57

<PAGE>   63

clauses (a)-(d) above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or
by reason of (i) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (ii) applicable
law, (iii) any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to Section 6.1(c), provided that any such restriction contained therein relates
only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith or
(iv) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted
Lien, provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the
asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien.

     SECTION 6.10  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, declare, order, make or set apart any sum for or pay any Restricted
Payment, except (a) to make dividends payable solely in the same class of
Capital Stock of such Person or (b) to make dividends or other distributions
payable in whole or in part to the Borrower or any Subsidiary (directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries); provided, however, so long as no Default or
Event of Default would exist after giving pro forma effect to such transaction,
(i) during any fiscal year, the Borrower may make cash dividend payments to the
holders of shares of its outstanding Capital Stock not to exceed an aggregate
annual amount equal to 100% of Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year and
(ii) the Borrower may repurchase outstanding shares of its Capital Stock for an
aggregate purchase price not to exceed $45,000,000 during the term of this
Agreement.

     SECTION 6.11  PREPAYMENTS OF INDEBTEDNESS, ETC.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to (a) after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, amend or modify
(or permit the amendment or modification of) any of the terms of any
Indebtedness if such amendment or modification would add or change any terms in
a manner adverse to the issuer of such Indebtedness, or shorten the final
maturity or average life to maturity or require any payment to be made sooner
than originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto or
(b) change any subordination provision of any Indebtedness.

     SECTION 6.12  SALE LEASEBACKS.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as guarantor or other surety
with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease, of any
property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired requiring rental payments in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate on
an annual basis, (a) which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has sold or
transferred or is to sell or transfer to a Person which is not the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or (b) which the Borrower or any Subsidiary intends to use for
substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been sold or is
to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to another Person
which is not the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with such lease.



                                       58

<PAGE>   64

     SECTION 6.13  NO FURTHER NEGATIVE PLEDGES.

     The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into,
assume or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting
the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such
obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (a) pursuant
to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) pursuant to any document
or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(c) or any
similar type of Funded Debt incurred by a Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor,
provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset
or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith and (c) in connection
with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted
Lien, provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the
asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     SECTION 7.1   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following
specified events (each an "Event of Default"):

             (a)   The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal on any Note when
     due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or the Borrower shall
     fail to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any LOC Obligations when due in
     accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any
     interest on any Note or any fee or other amount payable hereunder when due
     in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof and such failure shall
     continue unremedied for five (5) Business Days (or any Guarantor shall fail
     to pay on the Guaranty in respect of any of the foregoing or in respect of
     any other Guaranty Obligations thereunder); or

             (b)   Any representation or warranty made or deemed made herein or
     in any of the other Credit Documents or which is contained in any
     certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time
     under or in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been
     incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date
     made or deemed made; or

             (c)   (i) Any Credit Party shall fail to perform, comply with or
     observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in
     Section 5.7(a), Section 5.9 or Article VI hereof ; or (ii) any Credit Party
     shall fail to comply with any other covenant, contained in this Credit
     Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any other agreement, document or
     instrument among any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
     or executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent or the
     Lenders (other than as described in Sections 7.1(a) or 7.1(c)(i) above),
     and in the



                                       59

<PAGE>   65

     event such breach or failure to comply is capable of cure, is not cured
     within thirty (30) days of any Credit Party becoming aware of its
     occurrence; or

             (d)   The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) default in
     any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the
     Notes) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $5,000,000 in the
     aggregate for the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries beyond the period of
     grace (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or
     agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (ii) default in the
     observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to
     any Indebtedness in a principal amount outstanding of at least $5,000,000
     in the aggregate for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or contained
     in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or
     any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default
     or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders
     of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness
     (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary
     or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such
     Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or

             (e)   (i) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall commence
     any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law
     of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order
     for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a
     bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
     winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with
     respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver,
     trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all
     or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary
     shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii)
     there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary any case,
     proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above
     which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such
     adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or
     unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against
     the Borrower or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking
     issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar
     process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in
     the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been
     vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from
     the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall take any
     action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or
     acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii)
     above; or (v) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall
     be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as
     they become due; or

             (f)   One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability
     (to the extent not paid when due or covered by insurance) of $5,000,000 or
     more and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been paid and
     satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 10
     Business Days from the entry thereof; or



                                       60

<PAGE>   66

             (g)   (i) Any Person shall engage in any "prohibited transaction"
     (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) for which
     no exemption exists under Section 408 of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(2) or (d)
     if the Code involving any Plan, (ii) any "accumulated funding deficiency"
     (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist
     with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan (other
     than a Permitted Lien) shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any
     Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with
     respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a
     trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single
     Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or
     appointment of a Trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required
     Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of
     Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for
     purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or
     any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the
     Required Lenders is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a
     withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, any Multiemployer
     Plan or (vi) any other similar event or condition shall occur or exist with
     respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such
     event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if
     any, could have a Material Adverse Effect; or

             (h)   There shall occur a Change of Control; or

             (i)   The Guaranty or any provision thereof shall cease to be in
     full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting by or on behalf
     of any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm any Guarantor's obligations under
     the Guaranty; or

             (j)   Any other Credit Document shall fail to be in full force and
     effect or to give the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders the security
     interests, liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created
     thereby (except as such documents may be terminated or no longer in force
     and effect in accordance with the terms thereof, other than those
     indemnities and provisions which by their terms shall survive).

     SECTION 7.2   ACCELERATION; REMEDIES.

     Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, then, and in any such event,
(a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(e) above,
automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans (with
accrued interest thereon), and all other amounts under the Credit Documents
(including without limitation the maximum amount of all contingent liabilities
under Letters of Credit) shall immediately become due and payable, and (b) if
such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following
actions may be taken: (i) the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written
request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to
the Borrower declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the
Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) the Administrative Agent may,
or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent
shall, by notice of default to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued
interest thereon) and all



                                       61

<PAGE>   67

other amounts owing under this Agreement and the Notes to be due and payable
forthwith, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable, and
direct the Borrower to pay to the Administrative Agent cash collateral as
security for the LOC Obligations for subsequent drawings under then outstanding
Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the maximum amount which may be drawn
under Letters of Credit then outstanding.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    THE AGENT

     SECTION 8.1   APPOINTMENT.

     Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints First Union National
Bank as the Administrative Agent of such Lender under this Agreement, and each
such Lender irrevocably authorizes First Union National Bank, as the
Administrative Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under
the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of
this Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this
Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary
relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

     SECTION 8.2   DELEGATION OF DUTIES.

     The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement
by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of
counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative
Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Without limiting the
foregoing, the Administrative Agent may appoint one of its affiliates as its
agent to perform the functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder relating to
the advancing of funds to the Borrower and distribution of funds to the Lenders
and to perform such other related functions of the Administrative Agent
hereunder as are reasonably incidental to such functions.

     SECTION 8.3   EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS.

     Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any
action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in
connection with this Agreement (except for its or such Person's own gross
negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of
the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by
the Borrower or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or in any
certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in,
or received by the Administrative Agent under or in



                                       62

<PAGE>   68

connection with, this Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness,
genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any of the Credit Documents or for
any failure of the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to
ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance by the Borrower of
any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to
inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower.

     SECTION 8.4   RELIANCE BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

     The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully
protected in relying, upon any Note, writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it in
good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by
the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel
(including, without limitation, counsel to the Borrower), independent
accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The
Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner
thereof for all purposes unless (a) a written notice of assignment, negotiation
or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent and (b)
the Administrative Agent shall have received the written agreement of such
assignee to be bound hereby as fully and to the same extent as if such assignee
were an original Lender party hereto, in each case in form satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement unless it shall
first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems
appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall
in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under
any of the Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders
or all of the Lenders, as may be required under this Agreement, and such request
and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon
all the Lenders and all future holders of the Notes.

     SECTION 8.5   NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

     The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the
Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring
to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating on
the face thereof that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that
the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall
give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take
such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be
reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided, however, that unless and
until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the
Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except
to the extent that this Credit Agreement expressly requires that such action be
taken, or not taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of the
Required Lenders, or all of the Lenders, as the case may be.



                                       63

<PAGE>   69

     SECTION 8.6   NON-RELIANCE ON ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS.

     Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent
nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates has made any representation or warranty to it and that no act by the
Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of
the Borrower, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by
the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the
Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and made its own decision to make
its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents
that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent
or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis,
appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement,
and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the
business, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the
Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty
or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information
concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or
otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower which may come into
the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

     SECTION 8.7   INDEMNIFICATION.

     The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent in its capacity
hereunder (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the
obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective
Commitment Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought
under this Section, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without
limitation, at any time following the payment of the Notes) be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to
or arising out of any Credit Document or any documents contemplated by or
referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under or in
connection with any of the foregoing; provided, however, that no Lender shall be
liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
to the extent resulting from the Administrative Agent's gross negligence or
willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The
agreements in this Section 8.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement
and payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.



                                       64

<PAGE>   70

     SECTION 8.8   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.

     The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept
deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower as
though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and any Note issued to it, the
Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement
as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative
Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include the Administrative
Agent in its individual capacity.

     SECTION 8.9   SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

     The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days'
prior notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall
resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the Notes, then the
Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the
Lenders, which successor agent shall be approved by the Borrower, whereupon such
successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the
Administrative Agent, and the term "Administrative Agent" shall mean such
successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former
Administrative Agent's rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall
be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such
former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any
holders of the Notes. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation as
Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8.9 shall inure to its
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 9.1   AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

     Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Notes, nor any of the other Credit
Documents, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived
or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section nor may be
released except as specifically provided herein or in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 9.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written
consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to
time, (a) enter into with the Borrower written amendments, supplements or
modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding
any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in
any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder
or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders may specify
in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other
Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences;
provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, waiver,
supplement, modification or release shall:



                                       65

<PAGE>   71

                   (i)   reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of
             maturity of any Loan or Note or any installment thereon, or
             reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder
             (other than interest at the increased post-default rate) or
             extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or increase the
             amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender's Commitment,
             in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly
             affected thereby, or

                   (ii)  amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section
             9.1 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of
             Required Lenders, without the written consent of all the Lenders,
             or

                   (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article VIII
             without the written consent of the then Administrative Agent, or

                   (iv)  release any of the Guarantors from their obligations
             under the Guaranty, without the written consent of all of the
             Lenders, or

                   (v)   amend, modify or waive any provision of the Credit
             Documents requiring consent, approval or request of the Required
             Lenders or all Lenders, without the written consent of all of the
             Required Lenders or Lenders as appropriate and, provided,
             further, that no amendment, waiver or consent affecting the
             rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing
             Lender under any Credit Document shall in any event be effective,
             unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and/or
             the Issuing Lender, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders
             required hereinabove to take such action.

     Any such waiver, any such amendment, supplement or modification and any
such release shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding
upon the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative
Agent and all future holders of the Notes. In the case of any waiver, the
Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent
shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the
outstanding Loans and Notes and other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event
of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or
impair any right consequent thereon.

     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the consent of the
Borrower shall not be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the
provisions of Article VIII (other than the provisions of Section 8.9); provided,
however, that the Administrative Agent will provide written notice to the
Borrower of any such amendment, modification or waiver. In addition, the
Borrower and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to modify
this Credit Agreement by unilaterally amending or supplementing Schedule 2.1(a)
from time to time in the manner requested by the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent or any Lender in order to reflect any assignments or transfers of the
Loans as provided for hereunder; provided, however, that the Administrative
Agent shall promptly deliver a copy of any such modification to the Borrower and
each Lender.



                                       66

<PAGE>   72

     Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the Lenders is required in
certain circumstances as set forth above, (x) each Lender is entitled to vote as
such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the
Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of
the Bankruptcy Code supersede the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein
and (y) the Required Lenders may consent to allow a Credit Party to use cash
collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

     SECTION 9.2   NOTICES.

     Except as otherwise provided in Article II, all notices, requests and
demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in
writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided
herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) when delivered by
hand, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the
number set out herein, (c) the day following the day on which the same has been
delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d)
the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified
or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case, addressed to each such party
at the address set forth on Schedule 9.2, or to such other address as may be
hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of
the Notes.

     SECTION 9.3   NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

     No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges
provided by law.

     SECTION 9.4   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any document,
certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes and the
making of the Loans, provided that all such representations and warranties shall
terminate on the date upon which the Commitments have been terminated and all
amounts owing hereunder and under any Notes have been paid in full.

     SECTION 9.5   PAYMENT OF EXPENSES AND TAXES.

     The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for
all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with
the development, preparation, negotiation, printing and execution of, and any
amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith,
and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby, together with the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
the Administrative Agent, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and



                                       67

<PAGE>   73

the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection
with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under, or defense against any
actions arising out of, this Agreement, the Notes and any such other documents,
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders (including reasonable allocated
costs of in-house legal counsel), and (c) on demand, to pay, indemnify, and hold
each Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording
and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from
any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be
payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and
delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions
contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver
or consent under or in respect of, the Credit Documents and any such other
documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the
Administrative Agent and their Affiliates harmless from and against, any and all
other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and
administration of the Credit Documents and any such other documents and the use,
or proposed use, of proceeds of the Loans (all of the foregoing, collectively,
the "indemnified liabilities"); provided, however, that the Borrower shall not
have any obligation hereunder to the Administrative Agent or any Lender with
respect to indemnified liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Administrative Agent or any such Lender. The agreements in
this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans, Notes and all other
amounts payable hereunder.

     SECTION 9.6   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; PARTICIPATIONS; PURCHASING LENDERS.

             (a)   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
     of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, all future holders
     of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, except that the
     Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under
     this Agreement or the other Credit Documents without the prior written
     consent of each Lender.

             (b)   Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial
     banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to
     one or more banks or other entities ("Participants") participating
     interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender,
     any Commitment of such Lender, or any other interest of such Lender
     hereunder. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of participating
     interests to a Participant, such Lender's obligations under this Agreement
     to the other parties to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender
     shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender
     shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under this
     Agreement, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall continue to
     deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's
     rights and obligations under this Agreement. No Lender shall transfer or
     grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to
     approve any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or any other Credit
     Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the
     scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note or any installment thereon in which
     such Participant is participating, or reduce the stated



                                       68

<PAGE>   74

     rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in
     connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post-default rate) or
     reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the
     Participant's participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it
     being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not
     constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an
     increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without consent of
     any participant if the Participant's participation is not increased as a
     result thereof), (ii) release any of the Guarantors from their obligations
     under the Guaranty or (iii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the
     Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement. In the
     case of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights
     under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (the
     Participant's rights against such Lender in respect of such participation
     to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender in favor of
     the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrower
     hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such
     participation, provided that each Participant shall be entitled to the
     benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.5 with respect to its
     participation in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to
     time; provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any
     greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the transferor Lender would
     have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation
     transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such
     transfer occurred.

             (c)   Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial
     banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time, sell
     or assign to any Lender or any affiliate thereof and with the consent of
     the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has
     occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (in each case, which consent shall
     not be unreasonably withheld), to one or more additional banks or financial
     institutions ("Purchasing Lenders"), all or any part of its rights and
     obligations under this Agreement and the Notes in minimum amounts of
     $5,000,000 with respect to its Revolving Commitment and its Loans (or, if
     less, the entire amount of such Lender's obligations), pursuant to a
     Commitment Transfer Supplement, executed by such Purchasing Lender and such
     transferor Lender (and, in the case of a Purchasing Lender that is not then
     a Lender or an affiliate thereof, the Administrative Agent and, so long as
     no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
     Borrower), and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and
     recording in the Register; provided, however, that any sale or assignment
     to an existing Lender shall not require the consent of the Administrative
     Agent or the Borrower nor shall any such sale or assignment be subject to
     the minimum assignment amounts specified herein. Upon such execution,
     delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the Transfer Effective
     Date specified in such Commitment Transfer Supplement, (x) the Purchasing
     Lender thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in
     such Commitment Transfer Supplement, have the rights and obligations of a
     Lender hereunder with a Commitment as set forth therein, and (y) the
     transferor Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such
     Commitment Transfer Supplement, be released from its obligations under this
     Agreement (and, in the case of a Commitment Transfer Supplement covering
     all or the remaining portion of a transferor Lender's rights and
     obligations under this Agreement, such transferor Lender shall cease to be
     a party



                                       69

<PAGE>   75

     hereto). Such Commitment Transfer Supplement shall be deemed to amend this
     Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
     addition of such Purchasing Lender and the resulting adjustment of
     Commitment Percentages arising from the purchase by such Purchasing Lender
     of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender
     under this Agreement and the Notes. On or prior to the Transfer Effective
     Date specified in such Commitment Transfer Supplement, the Borrower, at its
     own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in
     exchange for the Notes delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
     such Commitment Transfer Supplement new Notes to the order of such
     Purchasing Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it
     pursuant to such Commitment Transfer Supplement and, unless the transferor
     Lender has not retained a Commitment hereunder, new Notes to the order of
     the transferor Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it
     hereunder. Such new Notes shall be dated the Closing Date and shall
     otherwise be in the form of the Notes replaced thereby. The Notes
     surrendered by the transferor Lender shall be returned by the
     Administrative Agent to the Borrower marked "canceled".

             (d)   The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address
     referred to in Section 9.2 a copy of each Commitment Transfer Supplement
     delivered to it and a register (the "Register") for the recordation of the
     names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal
     amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in
     the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the
     Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person
     whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded
     therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available
     for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and
     from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

             (e)   Upon its receipt of a duly executed Commitment Transfer
     Supplement, together with payment to the Administrative Agent by the
     transferor Lender or the Purchasing Lender, as agreed between them, of a
     registration and processing fee of $3,000 for each Purchasing Lender listed
     in such Commitment Transfer Supplement and the Notes subject to such
     Commitment Transfer Supplement, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept
     such Commitment Transfer Supplement, (ii) record the information contained
     therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice of such acceptance and
     recordation to the Lenders and the Borrower.

             (f)   The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any
     Participant or Purchasing Lender (each, a "Transferee") and any prospective
     Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender's possession
     concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates which has been delivered to such
     Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or which
     has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in
     connection with such Lender's credit evaluation of the Borrower and its
     Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement, in each case
     subject to Section 9.16.



                                       70

<PAGE>   76

             (g)   At the time of each assignment pursuant to this Section 9.6
     to a Person which is not already a Lender hereunder and which is not a
     United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the
     Code) for Federal income tax purposes, the respective assignee Lender shall
     provide to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent the appropriate
     Internal Revenue Service Forms (and, if applicable, a 2.16 Certificate)
     described in Section 2.16.

             (h)   Nothing herein shall prohibit any Lender from pledging or
     assigning any of its rights under this Agreement (including, without
     limitation, any right to payment of principal and interest under any Note)
     to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable laws.

     SECTION 9.7   ADJUSTMENTS; SET-OFF.

             (a)   Each Lender agrees that if any Lender (a "benefited Lender")
     shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or
     interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether
     voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings
     of the nature referred to in Section 7.1(e), or otherwise) in a greater
     proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other
     Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans, or interest
     thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other
     Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other
     Lender's Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any
     such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause
     such benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such
     collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however,
     that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter
     recovered from such benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and
     the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery,
     but without interest. The Borrower agrees that each Lender so purchasing a
     portion of another Lender's Loans may exercise all rights of payment
     (including, without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such
     portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

             (b)   In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders
     provided by law (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off),
     each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any
     such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted
     by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, to setoff
     and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or
     demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits,
     indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or
     indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or
     owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit
     or the account of the Borrower, or any part thereof in such amounts as such
     Lender may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities
     of the Borrower to such Lender hereunder and claims of every nature and
     description of such Lender against the Borrower, in any currency, whether
     arising hereunder, under the Notes or under any documents contemplated by
     or referred to herein or therein, as such Lender may elect, whether or not
     such Lender has made any demand



                                       71

<PAGE>   77

     for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be
     contingent or unmatured. The aforesaid right of set-off may be exercised by
     such Lender against the Borrower or against any trustee in bankruptcy,
     debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver or
     execution, judgment or attachment creditor of the Borrower, or against
     anyone else claiming through or against the Borrower or any such trustee in
     bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
     receiver, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor, notwithstanding
     the fact that such right of set-off shall not have been exercised by such
     Lender prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default. Each Lender agrees
     promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such
     set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the
     failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off
     and application.

     SECTION 9.8   TABLE OF CONTENTS AND SECTION HEADINGS.

     The table of contents and the Section and subsection headings herein are
intended for convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement.

     SECTION 9.9   COUNTERPARTS.

     This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this
Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts
taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set
of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

     SECTION 9.10  EFFECTIVENESS.

     This Credit Agreement shall become effective on the date on which all of
the parties have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and
shall have delivered the same to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section
9.2 or, in the case of the Lenders, shall have given to the Administrative Agent
written, telecopied or telex notice (actually received) at such office that the
same has been signed and mailed to it.

     SECTION 9.11  SEVERABILITY.

     Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any
other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 9.12  INTEGRATION.

     This Agreement and the Notes represent the agreement of the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof,
and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the
Administrative Agent, the Borrower



                                       72

<PAGE>   78

or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or
referred to herein or in the Notes.

     SECTION 9.13  GOVERNING LAW.

     This Agreement and the Notes and the rights and obligations of the parties
under this Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed and
interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of North Carolina.

     SECTION 9.14  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS.

     All judicial proceedings brought against the Borrower and/or any other
Credit Party with respect to this Agreement, any Note or any of the other Credit
Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction
in the State of North Carolina, and, by execution and delivery of this
Agreement, each of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties accepts, for itself
and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be
bound by any final judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement
from which no appeal has been taken or is available. Each of the Borrower and
the other Credit Parties irrevocably agrees that all service of process in any
such proceedings in any such court may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by
registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail),
postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth in Section 9.2 or at such other
address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant
thereto, such service being hereby acknowledged by the each of the Borrower and
the other Credit Parties to be effective and binding service in every respect.
Each of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders irrevocably waives any objection, including, without limitation, any
objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens
which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or
proceeding in any such jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall affect the right to
serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of
any Lender to bring proceedings against the Borrower or the other Credit Parties
in the court of any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 9.15  ARBITRATION.

             (a)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.14 to the
     contrary, upon demand of any party hereto, whether made before or within
     three (3) months after institution of any judicial proceeding, any dispute,
     claim or controversy arising out of, connected with or relating to this
     Agreement and other Credit Documents ("Disputes") between or among parties
     to this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration as provided
     herein. Institution of a judicial proceeding by a party does not waive the
     right of that party to demand arbitration hereunder. Disputes may include,
     without limitation, tort claims, counterclaims, disputes as to whether a
     matter is subject to arbitration, claims brought as class actions, claims
     arising from Credit Documents executed in the future, or claims arising out
     of or connected with the transaction reflected by this Agreement.

             Arbitration shall be conducted under and governed by the Commercial
     Arbitration Rules (the "Arbitration Rules") of the American Arbitration
     Association (the "AAA") and



                                       73

<PAGE>   79

     Title 9 of the U.S. Code. All arbitration hearings shall be conducted in
     Charlotte, North Carolina. A hearing shall begin within 90 days of demand
     for arbitration and all hearings shall be concluded within 120 days of
     demand for arbitration. These time limitations may not be extended unless a
     party shows cause for extension and then no more than a total extension of
     60 days. The expedited procedures set forth in Rule 51 et seq. of the
     Arbitration Rules shall be applicable to claims of less than $1,000,000.
     All applicable statutes of limitation shall apply to any Dispute. A
     judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
     Arbitrators shall be licensed attorneys selected from the Commercial
     Financial Dispute Arbitration Panel of the AAA. The parties hereto do not
     waive applicable Federal or state substantive law except as provided
     herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this arbitration provision does not
     apply to disputes under or related to Hedging Agreements.

             (b)   Notwithstanding the preceding binding arbitration provisions,
     the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Borrower and the other Credit
     Parties agree to preserve, without diminution, certain remedies that the
     Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may employ or exercise
     freely, independently or in connection with an arbitration proceeding or
     after an arbitration action is brought. The Administrative Agent on behalf
     of the Lenders shall have the right to proceed in any court of proper
     jurisdiction or by self-help to exercise or prosecute the following
     remedies, as applicable (i) all rights to foreclose against any real or
     personal property or other security by exercising a power of sale granted
     under Credit Documents or under applicable law or by judicial foreclosure
     and sale, including a proceeding to confirm the sale; (ii) all rights of
     self-help including peaceful occupation of real property and collection of
     rents, set-off, and peaceful possession of personal property; (iii)
     obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies including injunctive relief,
     sequestration, garnishment, attachment, appointment of receiver and filing
     an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding; and (iv) when applicable, a judgment
     by confession of judgment. Preservation of these remedies does not limit
     the power of an arbitrator to grant similar remedies that may be requested
     by a party in a Dispute.

             (c)   The parties hereto agree that they shall not have a remedy of
     punitive or exemplary damages against the other in any Dispute and hereby
     waive any right or claim to punitive or exemplary damages they have now or
     which may arise in the future in connection with any Dispute whether the
     Dispute is resolved by arbitration or judicially.

             (d)   By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the
     parties hereto accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties,
     generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction relating to
     any arbitration proceedings conducted under the Arbitration Rules in
     Charlotte, North Carolina and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any final
     judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement from which no
     appeal has been taken or is available.



                                       74

<PAGE>   80

     SECTION 9.16  CONFIDENTIALITY.

     The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders agrees not to disclose
without the prior consent of the Borrower (other than to its employees,
affiliates, auditors or counsel or to another Lender) any information with
respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant to this Agreement, any
other Credit Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or
therein and which is designated by the Borrower to the Lenders in writing as
confidential or as to which it is otherwise reasonably clear such information is
not public, except that any Lender may disclose any such information (a) as has
become generally available to the public other than by a breach of this Section
9.16, (b) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or
testimony submitted to any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or
claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender or to the Federal Reserve Board
or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the OCC or the NAIC or similar
organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors,
(c) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or
any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Lender, (d) to any
prospective Participant or assignee in connection with any contemplated transfer
pursuant to Section 9.6, provided that such prospective transferee shall have
been made aware of this Section 9.16 and shall have agreed to be bound by its
provisions as if it were a party to this Agreement or (e) to Gold Sheets and
other similar bank trade publications, such information to consist of deal terms
and other information regarding the credit facilities evidenced by this Credit
Agreement customarily found in such publications.

     SECTION 9.17  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

     The Borrower and the other Credit Parties each hereby acknowledges that:

             (a)   it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution
     and delivery of each Credit Document;

             (b)   neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any
     fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower or any other Credit
     Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the
     relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the
     Borrower and the other Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection
     herewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

             (c)   no joint venture exists among the Lenders or among the
     Borrower or the other Credit Parties and the Lenders.

     SECTION 9.18  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL.

     THE BORROWER, THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE
LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.



                                       75

<PAGE>   81

                                    ARTICLE X

                                    GUARANTY

     SECTION 10.1  THE GUARANTY.

     In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to extend
credit hereunder and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by the
Guarantors from the Extensions of Credit hereunder, each of the Guarantors
hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows: the
Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably jointly and severally
guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt
payment when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any
and all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders. If any or all of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders becomes due and payable hereunder, each Guarantor
unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders, or order, on demand, together with any and all reasonable
expenses which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in
collecting any of the indebtedness. The word "indebtedness" is used in this
Article X in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances,
debts, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower arising in connection with
this Agreement, in each case, heretofore, now, or hereafter made, incurred or
created, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, absolute or contingent,
liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, whether or not such
indebtedness is from time to time reduced, or extinguished and thereafter
increased or incurred, whether the Borrower may be liable individually or
jointly with others, whether or not recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, and whether or not such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.

     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any
other of the Credit Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Guarantor
shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including,
without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to
fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such Guarantor
hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under
applicable law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, the
Bankruptcy Code).

     SECTION 10.2  BANKRUPTCY.

     Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees jointly and severally the payment of any and all indebtedness of the
Borrower to the Lenders whether or not due or payable by the Borrower upon the
occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7.1(e), and unconditionally
promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent for the account of
the Lenders, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States. Each of
the Guarantors further agrees that to the extent that the Borrower or a
Guarantor shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to
the Administrative Agent or any Lender, which payment or transfer or any part
thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential,
or otherwise is avoided, and/or required to be repaid to the Borrower or a
Guarantor, the estate of the Borrower or a Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any
other party



                                       76

<PAGE>   82

under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause,
then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part
thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force
and effect as if said payment had not been made.

     SECTION 10.3  NATURE OF LIABILITY.

     The liability of each Guarantor hereunder is exclusive and independent of
any security for or other guaranty of the indebtedness of the Borrower whether
executed by any such Guarantor, any other guarantor or by any other party, and
no Guarantor's liability hereunder shall be affected or impaired by (a) any
direction as to application of payment by the Borrower or by any other party, or
(b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of
a guarantor or of any other party as to the indebtedness of the Borrower, or (c)
any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d)
any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the
Borrower, or (e) any payment made to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders on
the indebtedness which the Administrative Agent or such Lenders repay the
Borrower pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of the Guarantors waives
any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason
of any such proceeding.

     SECTION 10.4  INDEPENDENT OBLIGATION.

     The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the
obligations of any other guarantor or the Borrower, and a separate action or
actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor whether or not
action is brought against any other guarantor or the Borrower and whether or not
any other Guarantor or the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions.

     SECTION 10.5  AUTHORIZATION.

     Each of the Guarantors authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Lender
without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and
cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder,
from time to time to (a) renew, compromise, extend, increase, accelerate or
otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the
indebtedness or any part thereof in accordance with this Agreement, including
any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold
security from any guarantor or any other party for the payment of this Guaranty
or the indebtedness and exchange, enforce waive and release any such security,
(c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their discretion may determine and (d)
release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, the Borrower or
other obligors.

     SECTION 10.6  RELIANCE.

     It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to inquire
into the capacity or powers of the Borrower or the officers, directors, members,
partners or agents acting



                                       77

<PAGE>   83

or purporting to act on its behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in
reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed
hereunder.

     SECTION 10.7  WAIVER.

             (a)   Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be
     required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require the
     Administrative Agent or any Lender to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any
     other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any
     security held from the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or
     (iii) pursue any other remedy in the Administrative Agent's or any Lender's
     power whatsoever. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense based on or
     arising out of any defense of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any
     other party other than payment in full of the indebtedness, including
     without limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of
     the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the
     unenforceability of the indebtedness or any part thereof from any cause, or
     the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower other than
     payment in full of the indebtedness. Without limiting the generality of the
     provisions of this Article X, each of the Guarantors hereby specifically
     waives the benefits of N.C. Gen. Stat. Section 26-7 through 26-9,
     inclusive. The Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders may, at their
     election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent or a
     Lender by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every
     aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the extent such sale
     is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the
     Administrative Agent and any Lender may have against the Borrower or any
     other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the
     liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the indebtedness
     has been paid. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense arising out of any
     such election by the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, even
     though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of
     reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Guarantors
     against the Borrower or any other party or any security.

             (b)   Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for
     performance, protests and notices, including without limitation notices of
     nonperformance, notice of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of
     acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or
     incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Each Guarantor assumes all
     responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower's
     financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon
     the risk of nonpayment of the indebtedness and the nature, scope and extent
     of the risks which such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees
     that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to
     advise such Guarantor of information known to it regarding such
     circumstances or risks.

             (c)   Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees it will not exercise any
     rights of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result
     of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the U.S.
     Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of the Lenders against the
     Borrower or any other guarantor of the indebtedness of the Borrower owing
     to the Lenders (collectively, the "Other Parties") and all contractual,



                                       78

<PAGE>   84

     statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity
     from any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of
     this Guaranty until such time as the Loans hereunder shall have been paid
     and the Commitments have been terminated. Each of the Guarantors hereby
     further agrees not to exercise any right to enforce any other remedy which
     the Administrative Agent and the Lenders now have or may hereafter have
     against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any
     part of the indebtedness of the Borrower and any benefit of, and any right
     to participate in, any security or collateral given to or for the benefit
     of the Lenders to secure payment of the indebtedness of the Borrower until
     such time as the Loans hereunder shall have been paid and the Commitments
     have been terminated.

     SECTION 10.8  LIMITATION ON ENFORCEMENT.

     The Lenders agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of
the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders
and that no Lender shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to
enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and
remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders under the terms of this Agreement. The Lenders further agree that this
Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or
stockholder of the Guarantors.

     SECTION 10.9  CONFIRMATION OF PAYMENT.

     The Administrative Agent and the Lenders will, upon request after payment
of the indebtedness and obligations which are the subject of this Guaranty and
termination of the Commitments relating thereto, confirm to the Borrower, the
Guarantors or any other Person that the such indebtedness and obligations have
been paid and the Commitments relating thereto terminated, subject to the
provisions of Section 10.2.



                                       79

<PAGE>   85

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officers as of the
day and year first above written.


BORROWER:                           BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES,
                                    INCORPORATED


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         ----------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------


GUARANTORS:                         BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES
                                    OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         ----------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------


                                    E.B. MALONE CORPORATION, INC.


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         ----------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------


                                    BASSETT DIRECT STORES, INC.


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         ----------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------


                                    BASSETT DIRECT SC, LLC


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         ----------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------


                                    BASSETT DIRECT NC, LLC


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         ----------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------


<PAGE>   86

                                 Schedule 2.1(e)

                                 [FORM OF NOTE]

                                      NOTE

$_____________________                                          October 19, 1999

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES,
INCORPORATED, a Virginia corporation, hereby unconditionally promises to pay, on
the Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), to the
order of ___________ (the "Lender") at the office of First Union National Bank
located at One First Union Center, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288, in lawful
money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the
principal amount of (a) ________________ DOLLARS ($____________), or, if less,
(b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender to the
undersigned pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement referred to below.
The undersigned further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on
the unpaid principal amount hereof and, to the extent permitted by law, accrued
interest in respect hereof from time to time from the date hereof until payment
in full of the principal amount hereof and accrued interest hereon, at the rates
and on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement.

     The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse the date and amount of
each Loan pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement and each payment of
principal and interest with respect thereto and its character as a LIBOR Rate
Loan or an Alternate Base Rate Loan on Schedule I annexed hereto and made a part
hereof, or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a
part hereof, which endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the
accuracy of the information endorsed; provided, however, that the failure to
make any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the undersigned
under this Note.

     This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as
of the date hereof among Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated, a Virginia
corporation, the other Credit Parties identified therein, the Lender, the other
banks and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto and First
Union National Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), and is entitled
to the benefits thereof. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have
the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

     Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified
in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall
become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided
therein. In the event this Note is not paid when due at any stated or
accelerated maturity, the Borrower agrees to pay, in addition to principal and
interest, all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

     All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether
maker, principal, surety, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment,
demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

     Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with their defined
meanings unless otherwise defined herein. This Note shall be governed by, and
construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of North
Carolina.

                                    BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED


                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          ---------------------------




<PAGE>   87

                                   SCHEDULE 1
                                       to
                                      Note

                         LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Principal
           Amount       Type                                                       Paid
             of          of          Interest      Interest       Maturity          or        Principal      Notation
Date        Loan        Loan(1)        Rate         Period          Date        Converted      Balance       Made By
- ----        ----        ----           ----         ------          -----       ---------      -------        -------
<S>       <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------

- ------     -------     ------       ----------     ---------      --------      ---------     ---------      --------
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  The type of Loan may be represented by "L" for LIBOR Rate Loans or "ABR"
     for Alternate Base Rate Loans.




<PAGE>   88

                                  Schedule 5.10

                            FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

     THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of _____________, ____,
is by and between _____________________, a ___________________ (the "Subsidiary
Guarantor"), and FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, in its capacity as Administrative
Agent under that certain Credit Agreement (as it may be amended, modified,
extended or restated from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), dated as of
October 19, 1999 by and among BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED, a
Virginia corporation, as Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower as
Guarantors, the Lenders and First Union National Bank, as Administrative Agent
(the "Administrative Agent"). All of the defined terms in the Credit Agreement
are incorporated herein by reference.

     The Subsidiary Guarantor is an Additional Credit Party, and, consequently,
the Credit Parties are required by Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement to cause
the Subsidiary Guarantor to become a "Guarantor" thereunder.

     Accordingly, the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees as follows with the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders:

     1.      The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms
that, by its execution of this Agreement, the Subsidiary will be deemed to be a
party to the Credit Agreement and a "Guarantor" for all purposes of the Credit
Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall have all of the obligations
of a Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement and the
other Credit Documents. The Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof,
and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained
in the Credit Documents, including without limitation (i) all of the
representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in Article III of
the Credit Agreement and (ii) all of the affirmative and negative covenants set
forth in Articles V and VI of the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 1, the Subsidiary hereby (i)
jointly and severally together with the other Guarantors, guarantees to each
Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender as provided in the
Credit Agreement the prompt payment and performance of the Credit Party
Obligations of the Borrower in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a
mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or
otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof and agrees that if any
of such Credit Party Obligations are not paid or performed in full when due
(whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a
mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Subsidiary will, jointly and
severally together with the other Guarantors, promptly pay and perform the same,
without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension
of time of payment or renewal of any of the Credit Party Obligations of the
Borrower, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended
maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash
collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension
or renewal.

     2.      The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and confirms that it has
received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the schedules and exhibits thereto.
The information on the schedules to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended to
provide the information shown on the attached Schedule A.

     3.      The Borrower confirms that all of its obligations under the Credit
Agreement are, and upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor, shall
continue to be, in full force and effect. The parties hereto confirm and agree
that immediately upon the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Guarantor the term
"Credit Party Obligations," as used in the Credit Agreement, shall include all
obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and under
each other Credit Document.

     4.      The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that upon becoming a
Guarantor it will assume all Credit Party Obligations of a Guarantor as set
forth in the Credit Agreement.

     5.      Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that at
any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative
Agent, it will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further
acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to
effect the purposes of this Agreement.

     6.      This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall
constitute one contract.




<PAGE>   89

     7.      This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor has
caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer, and
the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has caused the same to
be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above
written.

                                  BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED

                                  By
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                  Title
                                       ---------------------------------------

                                  [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]

                                  By
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                  Title
                                       ---------------------------------------

                                  Acknowledged and accepted:

                                  FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                                    as Administrative Agent

                                  By
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                  Title
                                       ---------------------------------------



                                      -2-

<PAGE>   90

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       to
                                Joinder Agreement

                          Schedules to Credit Agreement



                                      -2-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 10F
                     SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

        This AGREEMENT is made between BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC., and
its affiliates, subsidiaries and predecessors (referred to herein, collectively
and individually, as "Company") and DOUGLAS W. MILLER ("Miller").

A.      REASONS FOR AGREEMENT

        1.      Miller is being separated from his employment with the Company
effective January 31, 1999.

        2.      The Company has agreed to provide certain additional benefits to
Miller for the consideration from Miller specified below.

B.      AGREEMENT

        For and in consideration of the mutual promises and commitments
specified herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.      Special Severance Package. The Company agrees to provide Miller with the
following benefits, which are referred to as the "Special Severance Package."
The Special Severance Package includes, but also contains benefits over and
above, those benefits, if any, normally provided by Company policy.
Notwithstanding the Special Severance Package, Miller shall be deemed to have
become separated from his employment with and to have ceased to be an employee
of Company on January 31, 1999.

        (a)     Miller shall receive payment at his current salary for the full
twelve months of February, 1999 through and including January, 2000 (i.e.,
$9,750.00, less pre-tax deductions for health insurance coverage and deductions
or withholdings for state and federal taxes, social security, etc., on or about
the last day of February, 1999 and each month thereafter until and including the
last day of January, 2000). During the severance period, the Company shall
permit Miller to receive health insurance coverage at Miller's expense for
himself and any of Miller's dependents as are currently covered at the same
premium rates as are charged to employees. The Company also agrees that the
executive supplemental health insurance plan shall remain in effect for Miller
during the severance period (i.e., through January, 2000).

        (b)     The qualifying event concerning Miller's rights under the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 1161, et seq.
("COBRA") shall be January 31, 1999.

        (c)     The Company shall accept Miller's resignation effective as of
January 31, 1999.

        (d)     Dividends for shares of restricted stock awarded by the Company
to Miller shall continue to be paid during the severance period, but such
restricted shares shall be forfeited at the end of the severance period. The
Company agrees that on or about the last day of January, 2000, provided that
there has been no default by Miller under this Agreement, the Company shall pay
to Miller an


                                       1
<PAGE>   2


additional severance payment of $79,145 (less withholdings or deductions for
state and federal taxes, social security, etc.). Options awarded by the Company
to Miller prior to 1998, which options have vested, shall continue to be
exercisable during the severance period and for a period of thirty (30) days
thereafter.

        (e)     In January, 1999, provided there is no breach of this Agreement
by Miller, the Company will pay to Miller such amount as Miller was scheduled to
receive for his 1998 fiscal year-end bonus. The payment will be a portion of the
$85,000 bonus potential, calculated in accordance with the prorated targets or
goals set for Miller for fiscal year 1998. Such portion shall be $43,860.

        (f)     The Company will provide six months of outplacement service for
Miller, with an outplacement service selected by the Company.

2.      General Release. In consideration for the Special Severance Package,
Miller agrees, for himself and his heirs, representatives, successors and
assigns, that he has been finally and permanently separated from employment with
the Company, and that he waives, releases and forever discharges the Company,
its current and former owners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and
agents, from any and all claims, known or unknown, that he has or may have
against the Company, relating to or arising out of his employment with the
Company and his separation thereof, or otherwise, including but not limited to
any claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract,
liability in tort, claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or
administrative agency, any claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, as amended, the 1991 Civil Rights Act, the Americans With Disabilities
Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, or any other federal, state or local
law relating to, or arising out of Miller's employment with the Company and his
separation thereof.

3.      Special Release Notification. The General Release, paragraph B.2,
includes a release of all claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act
("ADEA") and, therefore, pursuant to the requirements of the ADEA, Miller
acknowledges that he has been advised: (i) that this release includes, but is
not limited to, all claims under the ADEA arising up to and including the date
of execution of this release; (ii) to consult with an attorney and/or other
advisor of his choosing concerning his rights and obligations under this
release; (iii) to fully consider this release before executing it and that he
has been offered ample time and opportunity, in excess of 21 days, to do so; and
(iv) that this release shall become effective and enforceable 7 days following
execution of this Agreement, during which 7-day period Miller may revoke his
acceptance of this Agreement by delivering written notice to Steven P.
Rindskopf, Vice President-Administration & Human Resources, Bassett Furniture
Industries, Inc., 3525 Fairy Stone Park Highway, P.O. Box 626, Bassett, Virginia
24055, with a copy to Jay R. Hervey, General Counsel, Bassett Furniture
Industries, Inc., 3525 Fairy Stone Park Highway, P.O. Box 626, Bassett, Virginia
24055.

4.      Non-Disclosure. Miller agrees that the terms of this Agreement and his
Special Severance Package are confidential, and agrees not to disclose the terms
or amount thereof to any person other than his attorney, income tax preparer or
similar professional. To the extent that he discloses this information, Miller
agrees to instruct such professional that this information is to be kept
confidential.

                                       2

<PAGE>   3

5.      Cooperation. Miller agrees that he will continue to cooperate with the
Company by projecting a positive attitude toward the Company, its customers and
employees, and its products. Miller represents that he has returned or
concurrently with his execution and delivery of this Agreement is returning to
the Company any and all computers (other than a laptop with docking station,
keyboard and monitor, with licenses to use software thereon, which Miller will
retain), equipment, records, documents and correspondence now or previously in
his possession which belong to the Company or that relate in any way to his
employment with the Company.

6.      No Admission. It is understood and agreed that the Company admits no
liability to Miller whatsoever, whether for the Special Severance Package
provided herein or otherwise, or for any other benefits other than those, if
any, provided by Company policy; provided that the foregoing statement shall not
be construed to relieve the Company of its obligations and undertakings
contained in this Agreement. The Company has entered into this Agreement solely
for the purpose of maintaining an amicable and cooperative relationship between
Miller and the Company.

7.      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon Miller, his
heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns and the Company's successors and
assigns.

8.      Entire Agreement. The parties understand and agree that all terms of
this Agreement are contractual and are not a mere recital. Miller represents and
warrants that, in negotiating and executing this Agreement, he has had an
adequate opportunity to consult with competent counsel or other representatives
of his choosing concerning the meaning and effect of each term and provision
hereof, and that there are no representations, promises or agreements other than
those expressly set forth in writing herein. The parties have carefully read
this Agreement in its entirety, fully understand and agree to its terms and
provisions, and intend and agree that it is final and binding.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties have
executed this Agreement as of the 31st day of January, 1999.

                                       /s/ Douglas W. Miller


                                       /s/ BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                       3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 10G


                     SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

        This AGREEMENT is made between BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC., and
its affiliates, subsidiaries and predecessors (referred to herein, collectively
and individually, as "Company") and JOHN S. LUPO ("Mr. Lupo").

A.      REASONS FOR AGREEMENT

        1.      Mr. Lupo is being separated from his employment with the Company
effective November 27, 1999.

        2.      The Company has agreed to provide certain additional benefits to
Mr. Lupo for the consideration from Mr. Lupo specified below.

B.      AGREEMENT

        For and in consideration of the mutual promises and commitments
specified herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.      Special Severance Package. The Company agrees to provide Mr. Lupo with
the following benefits, which are referred to as the "Special Severance
Package." The Special Severance Package includes, but also contains benefits
over and above, those benefits, if any, normally provided by Company policy.
Notwithstanding the Special Severance Package, Mr. Lupo shall be deemed to have
become separated from his employment with and to have ceased to be an employee
of Company on November 27, 1999.

        (a)     Mr. Lupo shall receive payment at his current salary for the
full seven months of November, 1999 through and including May, 2000 (i.e.,
$19,583.33 per month, less pre-tax deductions for health insurance coverage and
deductions or withholdings for state and federal taxes, social security, etc.,
on or about the last day of November, 1999 and each month thereafter until and
including the last day of May, 2000). During the severance period, the Company
shall permit Mr. Lupo to receive health insurance coverage at Mr. Lupo's expense
for himself and any of his dependents as are currently covered at the same
premium rates as are charged to employees. The Company also agrees that the
executive supplemental health insurance plan shall remain in effect for Mr. Lupo
during the severance period (i.e., through May, 2000).

        (b)     The qualifying event concerning Mr. Lupo's rights under the
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 1161, et seq.
("COBRA") shall be November 30, 1999.

        (c)     The Company shall be deemed to have accepted Mr. Lupo's
resignation effective as of November 27, 1999.

        (d)     Options awarded by the Company to Mr. Lupo prior to the date
hereof will not have vested prior to the end of the severance period and,
therefore, shall be deemed cancelled as of November 27, 1999.



                                       1
<PAGE>   2

        (e)     In January, 2000, provided there is no breach of this Agreement
by Mr. Lupo, the Company will pay to Mr. Lupo such amount as Mr. Lupo was
scheduled to receive for his 1999 fiscal year-end bonus (based on the relative
levels of achievement of performance measurements for fiscal year 1999 set for
Mr. Lupo), together with the deferred $20,000 sign-on bonus taken in lieu of a
prorated fiscal year 1998 bonus. The payment will be not less than the
guaranteed portion of his $235,000 bonus potential (such guaranteed portion
being $115,000) plus the deferred $20,000 sign-on bonus, with interest thereon
in accordance with the terms of Mr. Lupo's offer letter, for a total of
$142,000. If the levels of achievement of the performance measurements for
fiscal year 1999 provide for a 1999 fiscal year-end bonus in excess of $115,000,
the amount of 1999 fiscal year-end bonus in excess of $115,000 will be payable
to Mr. Lupo without interest thereon.

2.      General Release. In consideration for the Special Severance Package, Mr.
Lupo agrees, for himself and his heirs, representatives, successors and assigns,
that he has been finally and permanently separated from employment with the
Company, and that he waives, releases and forever discharges the Company, its
current and former owners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and
agents, from any and all claims, known or unknown, that he has or may have
against the Company, relating to or arising out of his employment with the
Company and his separation thereof, or otherwise, including but not limited to
any claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract,
liability in tort, claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or
administrative agency, any claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, as amended, the 1991 Civil Rights Act, the Americans With Disabilities
Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, or any other federal, state or local
law relating to, or arising out of his employment with the Company and his
separation thereof.

3.      Special Release Notification. The General Release, paragraph B.2,
includes a release of all claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act
("ADEA") and, therefore, pursuant to the requirements of the ADEA, Mr. Lupo
acknowledges that he has been advised: (i) that this release includes, but is
not limited to, all claims under the ADEA arising up to and including the date
of execution of this release; (ii) to consult with an attorney and/or other
advisor of his choosing concerning his rights and obligations under this
release; (iii) to fully consider this release before executing it and that he
has been offered ample time and opportunity, in excess of 21 days, to do so; and
(iv) that this release shall become effective and enforceable 7 days following
execution of this Agreement, during which 7-day period Mr. Lupo may revoke his
acceptance of this Agreement by delivering written notice to Steven P.
Rindskopf, Vice President-Administration & Human Resources, Bassett Furniture
Industries, Inc., 3525 Fairy Stone Park Highway, P.O. Box 626, Bassett, Virginia
24055, with a copy to Jay R. Hervey, General Counsel, Bassett Furniture
Industries, Inc., 3525 Fairy Stone Park Highway, P.O. Box 626, Bassett, Virginia
24055.

4.      Non-Disclosure. Mr. Lupo agrees that the terms of this Agreement and his
Special Severance Package are confidential, and agrees not to disclose the terms
or amount thereof to any person other than his attorney, income tax preparer or
similar professional. To the extent that he discloses this information, Mr. Lupo
agrees to instruct such professional that this information is to be kept
confidential.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

5.      Cooperation. Mr. Lupo agrees that he will continue to cooperate with the
Company by projecting a positive attitude toward the Company, its customers and
employees, and its products. Mr. Lupo represents that he has returned or
concurrently with his execution and delivery of this Agreement is returning to
the Company any and all computers equipment, records, documents and
correspondence now or previously in his possession which belong to the Company
or that relate in any way to his employment with the Company. Mr. Lupo warrants
and agrees that any information he may have obtained about the Company, its
employees and its business relationships, policies and dealings shall be kept
strictly confidential.

6.      No Admission. It is understood and agreed that the Company admits no
liability to Mr. Lupo whatsoever, whether for the Special Severance Package
provided herein or otherwise, or for any other benefits other than those, if
any, provided by Company policy; provided that the foregoing statement shall not
be construed to relieve the Company of its obligations and undertakings
contained in this Agreement. The Company has entered into this Agreement solely
for the purpose of maintaining an amicable and cooperative relationship between
Mr. Lupo and the Company.

7.      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon Mr. Lupo,
his heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns and the Company's successors
and assigns.

8.      Entire Agreement. The parties understand and agree that all terms of
this Agreement are contractual and are not a mere recital. Mr. Lupo represents
and warrants that, in negotiating and executing this Agreement, he has had an
adequate opportunity to consult with competent counsel or other representatives
of his choosing concerning the meaning and effect of each term and provision
hereof, and that there are no representations, promises or agreements other than
those expressly set forth in writing herein. The parties have carefully read
this Agreement in its entirety, fully understand and agree to its terms and
provisions, and intend and agree that it is final and binding.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties have
executed this Agreement as of the 27th day of November, 1999.

                                  /s/  John S. Lupo

                                  /s/  BASSETT FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                       3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 13

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
November 27, 1999, and November 28, 1998
(dollars in thousands except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS
Current Assets                                                     1999             1998
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents                                  $   5,740        $   5,499
   Short-term investments                                            --            8,923
   Trade accounts receivable, net                                64,731           59,203
   Inventories                                                   50,206           47,285
   Refundable income taxes                                        1,006            8,018
   Deferred income taxes                                          9,314           12,682
   Other current assets                                           5,260            2,038
                                                                136,257          143,648

Property and Equipment, net                                      93,155           56,387

Other Assets
   Investment securities                                         23,057           50,739
   Investments in affiliated companies                           67,558           52,769
   Other                                                         22,802           17,971
                                                                113,417          121,479
                                                              $ 342,829        $ 321,514
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
   Accounts payable                                           $  30,122        $  20,221
   Accrued liabilities                                           26,806           24,514
                                                                 56,928           44,735
Long-Term Liabilities
   Employee benefits                                             10,998           11,272
   Notes payable                                                 18,000               --
   Deferred income taxes                                          1,152              595
                                                                 30,150           11,867

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes N and O)

Stockholders' Equity
   Common stock, par value $5 a share, 50,000,000
    shares authorized                                            60,474           64,425
   Additional paid-in capital                                        --               --
   Retained earnings                                            187,973          193,130
   Accumulated other comprehensive income -
    unrealized holding gains, net of income tax effect            7,993            8,286
   Unamortized stock compensation                                 (689)            (929)
                                                                255,751          264,912
                                                              $ 342,829        $ 321,514
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these balance sheets.
<PAGE>   2

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
For the years ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998 and November 30, 1997
(dollars in thousands except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           1999          1998        1997
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>         <C>
Net sales                                                $394,412     $397,557     $446,893

Costs and expenses
   Cost of sales                                          309,316      323,904      396,875
   Selling, general and administrative                     72,622       64,002       84,694
   Restructuring and impaired fixed asset charges             ---          ---       20,646
                                                          381,938      387,906      502,215
Income (loss) from operations                              12,474        9,651     (55,322)
Other income, net                                          13,744       11,445       13,367
Income (loss) before income taxes                          26,218       21,096     (41,955)
Income taxes                                                8,264        5,379     (22,346)
Net income (loss)                                        $ 17,954     $ 15,717    $(19,609)

Net income (loss) per share
   Basic                                                 $   1.44     $   1.21    $  (1.50)
   Diluted                                               $   1.44     $   1.20    $  (1.50)
</TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
For the years ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998, and November 30, 1997
(dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1999         1998        1997
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>         <C>
Net income (loss)                                          $17,954      $15,717     $(19,609)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
   Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during
     the period, net of tax                                   (76)        2,852         1,713

   Less: reclassification adjustments for net gains
     included in net income, net of tax                      (217)        (141)           176

Total other comprehensive income (loss)                      (293)        2,711         1,889

Comprehensive income (loss)                                $17,661      $18,428     $(17,720)
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.


<PAGE>   3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
For the years ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998, and November 30, 1997
(dollars in thousands except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Accumulated
                                                                             Additional                  other       Unamoritized
                                                      Common Stock             Paid-in    Retained    Comprehensive       stock
                                                  Shares          Amount       Capital    earnings       income       compensation
<S>                                             <C>               <C>             <C>      <C>             <C>               <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 1, 1996                       13,075,595        $65,378         $----    $222,417        $3,686            $----
Net Loss                                              ----           ----          ----    (19,609)          ----             ----
Dividends ($1.00 per share)                           ----           ----          ----    (13,041)          ----             ----
Issuance of common stock                             4,288             21            86        ----          ----             ----
Purchase and retirement of common stock           (60,000)          (300)          (44)     (1,006)          ----             ----
Issuance of restricted common stock                 31,396            157           714        ----          ----            (871)
Amortization of stock compensation                    ----           ----          ----        ----          ----               11
Stock option grants                                   ----           ----         1,682        ----          ----             ----
Net change in unrealized holding gains                ----           ----          ----        ----         1,889             ----
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 30, 1997                      13,051,279         65,256         2,438     188,761         5,575            (860)
Net Income                                            ----           ----          ----      15,717          ----             ----
Dividends ($.80  per share)                           ----           ----          ----    (10,393)          ----             ----
Issuance of common                                     573              3            12         ---           ---              ---
Purchase and retirement of common stock          (185,300)          (927)       (2,896)       (955)          ----             ----
Issuance of restricted common stock                 16,836             85           459        ----          ----            (544)
Forfeitures of restricted stock                    (9,435)           (47)         (224)        ----          ----              271
Net change in unrealized holding gains                ----           ----          ----        ----         2,711             ----
Amortization of stock compensation                    ----           ----          ----        ----          ----              204
 Exercise of stock options                          11,000             55           211        ----          ----             ----
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 28,1998                       12,884,953         64,425          ----     193,130         8,286            (929)
Net Income                                            ----           ----          ----      17,954          ----             ----
Dividends ($.80 per share)                            ----           ----          ----     (9,983)          ----             ----
Issuance of common stock                             2,806             14            45         ---          ----             ----
Purchase and retirement of common stock          (792,990)        (3,965)          (45)    (13,128)          ----             ----
Net change in unrealized holding gains                ----           ----          ----        ----         (293)             ----
Amortization of stock compensation                    ----           ----          ----        ----          ----              240
BALANCE, NOVEMBER 27, 1999                      12,094,769        $60,474         $----    $187,973        $7,993           $(689)
</TABLE>





The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.



<PAGE>   4

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
For the years ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998, and November 30, 1997
(dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                                      1999       1998      1997
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>      <C>
Net income (loss)                                                      $17,954    $15,717  $(19,609)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
Provided by operating activities:
   Unused reserves for impairment of assets                                ---      2,000    11,181
   Depreciation and amortization                                         8,386      6,870     6,192
   Equity in undistributed income of affiliated companies             (12,587)    (5,784)   (5,926)
   Provision for losses on trade accounts receivable                       358        216     7,706
   Net (gain) loss from sales of investment  securities                (1,795)    (1,446)   (1,804)
   Net (gain) loss from sales of property and equipment                   (89)    (2,402)       970
   Compensation earned under restricted stock and stock option plans       240        204     1,693
   Deferred income taxes                                                 4,112      3,516  (18,549)
   Changes in long-term liabilities                                      (274)         24       413
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Trade accounts receivable                                         (8,617)    (2,092)       384
     Inventories                                                       (7,636)    (5,571)    25,368
     Other current assets                                              (3,661)      (633)      (80)
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                           13,325    (3,172)    17,561
     Refundable Income taxes                                             7,012    (2,993)   (4,180)
        Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities                       16,728      4,454    21,320

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment                                   (47,696)   (22,610)  (10,824)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment                            1,370      7,717     1,875
Purchases of investment securities                                         ---   (16,176)  (65,385)
Proceeds from sales of investment securities                            37,814     57,510     4,903
Dividends from affiliated company                                        5,448     31,517    21,245
Investments in affiliated companies                                    (5,700)   (50,000)       ---
Change in investment in corporate owned life insurance                 (3,841)    (3,900)   (1,153)
Proceeds from sale of bedding division                                   6,500        ---       ---
Issuance of notes receivable                                               ---    (3,383)       ---
Other                                                                  (1,320)        901     (623)
        Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities            (7,425)      1,576  (49,962)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings under notes payable                                          18,000        ---       ---
Issuances of common stock                                                  59        281       107
Repurchases of common stock                                           (17,138)    (4,778)   (1,350)
Dividends                                                              (9,983)   (10,393)  (13,041)
         Net Cash Used In Financing Activities                         (9,062)   (14,890)  (14,284)

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                        241    (8,860)  (42,926)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- beginning of year                           5,499     14,359    57,285

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- end of year                                $5,740     $5,499   $14,359

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest payments                                                       $1,988     $7,240    $8,205
Income tax payments (refunds)                                         $(3,022)     $4,656    $1,402
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part
of these statements.


<PAGE>   5
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
(dollars in thousands except share data)

A.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

The Company is a manufacturer and retailer of quality home furnishings and sells
a full range of furniture products and accessories through department and
furniture stores and an exclusive network of retail stores, some of which are
company-owned and others are independently owned. Retail stores are located
throughout the United States. The Company has 14 manufacturing facilities
throughout the United States.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND FISCAL YEAR

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bassett Furniture
Industries, Incorporated (the "Company") and its subsidiaries, all of which are
wholly-owned. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are
eliminated in consolidation. The Company changed its fiscal year effective 1998
to end on the Saturday nearest November 30. Prior to 1998, the fiscal year ended
on November 30.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

All temporary, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount
approximates fair value.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Investments in municipal bonds with original maturities of more than three
months and a remaining maturity of one year or less are considered to be
short-term investments. The carrying amount approximates fair value.

TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Substantially all of the Company's trade accounts receivable are due from
retailers throughout the United States. The Company performs on-going
evaluations of its customers' credit worthiness and generally requires no
collateral. There is no disproportionate concentration of credit risk. The
Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts which include reserves for
certain risk accounts and also reserves for sales returns and allowances and
customer chargebacks. Allowances for doubtful accounts were $2,558 and $2,200 at
November 27, 1999 and November 28, 1998, respectively.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined for
wholesale furniture inventories, which approximate 92% of inventories in 1999
and 100% in 1998, using the last-in first-out (LIFO) method. Cost is determined
for retail inventories, which approximate 8%, using the first-in, first-out
(FIFO) method.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets utilizing straight-line and
accelerated methods. The Company reviews the carrying value of property and
equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value may not be recoverable. Measurement of any impairment would include a
comparison of estimated future operating cash flows anticipated to be generated
during the remaining life to the net carrying value of the asset.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale, which
are reported at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the
related income tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from
income and are reported as other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity.
Realized gains and losses from securities classified as available-for-sale are
included in income and are determined using the specific identification method
for ascertaining the cost of securities sold. Periodically, the Company enters
into Financial Instruments in order to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in
the market value of its investment portfolio. All financial instruments are
marked to market and recorded at their fair value. Gains and losses on financial
instruments that qualify
<PAGE>   6
as accounting hedges are deferred as unrealized gains and losses. Gains and
losses on financial instruments that do not qualify as accounting hedges are
recorded as other income or expense.

INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANIES

The equity method of accounting is used for the Company's investment in
affiliated companies in which the Company exercises significant influence but
does not maintain control.

INVESTMENT IN CORPORATE OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (COLI)

The Company is the beneficiary of life insurance policies with a face value of
$2,188,876, which are maintained to fund various employee and director benefit
plans. Policy loans outstanding of $55,398 and $57,496 at November 27,1999, and
November 28, 1998, respectively, are recorded as a reduction in the policies
cash surrender value, which is included in other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Net life insurance income (expense), which includes
premiums and interest on policy loans, changes in cash surrender values, and
death benefits, is included in other income in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.

During 1998, the Company elected to discontinue premium payments on a large
number of COLI policies and invoke a non-forfeiture provision provided for by
the policies. The effect of this election was to increase the face value on the
policies to three times the original amount. The Company has elected to pay for
the additional insurance through reductions in the policies cash value.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue is recognized when furniture is shipped to the customer. Sales to one
customer were 16%, 15% and 15% of the Company's total net sales in 1999, 1998
and 1997.

INCOME TAXES

Deferred income taxes are provided based on the differences in timing of expense
and income recognition between income tax and financial reporting in accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes."

EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company adopted SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" in 1998 and has restated
prior period earnings per share to conform to this Statement. Basic earnings per
share is determined by dividing net income available to common shareholders by
the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Diluted
earnings per share also considers the dilutive effect for stock options and
restricted stock.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, "Stock-Based Compensation," the Company has
continued to measure compensation expense for its stock-based employee/director
compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees." Pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share are
presented as if the fair value-based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 had been
applied in measuring compensation expense for the periods required by the
Statement. The Company measures expense for stock options granted to
non-employees/directors based on the fair value of the goods or services
received.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Costs incurred for producing and communicating advertising are expensed when
incurred, including costs incurred under the Company's cooperative advertising
program with dealers and licensees. Advertising costs totaled $9,200, $6,100,
and $4,500 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information" in 1999. This statement establishes standards for the
reporting of information about operating segments in annual and interim
financial statements and requires restatement of prior year information.
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate
financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief
operating decision maker(s) in deciding how to allocate resources and in
assessing performance.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 137,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities-deferral of the
effective date of SFAS Statement No. 133 - an Amendment of FASB Statement No.
133." This statement delays the effective date of SFAS No. 133 one year, from
years beginning after June 15, 1999, to years beginning after June 15, 2000.
SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts, (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities.
It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or
liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value. The
<PAGE>   7
Company plans to adopt the provisions of this Statement in the first quarter
of fiscal year 2001. Management is currently analyzing the impact of adopting
this Statement on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

In 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement of Position (SOP) No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities." This SOP provides guidance on the financial reporting of start-up
costs and organization costs. It requires costs of start-up activities and
organization costs to be expensed as incurred including pre-opening and
pre-operating activities. The SOP is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. In the year of adoption, all previously capitalized start up
costs should be written off and presented as a cumulative change in accounting
principle. The Company plans to adopt this SOP in the first quarter of 2000 and
does not believe that the impact will materially effect the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

B. Sale of Bedding Division

During 1999 the Company sold substantially all of the assets of its Bedding
Division to Premier Bedding Group LLC ("PBG"). The sale was effective April 30,
1999. The net assets sold, which totaled $8.4 million, were exchanged for $6.5
million in cash and a $1.9 million convertible note receivable. The reductions
in these operating assets are excluded from the changes in operating assets and
liabilities on the accompanying statement of cash flows for the year ended
November 27, 1999. Net sales and operating income (losses) for the bedding
division were $12 million and $(.1 million), respectively for 1999, $39 million
and $1.0 million in 1998, and $54 million and $1.4 million in 1997.

C. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          November 27, 1999     November 28, 1998
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>
Finished goods                                      $41,823               $37,430
Work in process                                       9,880                 9,169
Raw materials and supplies                           17,881                26,506
Retail merchandise                                    6,076                   ---
Total inventories on first-in,
   first-out cost method                             75,660                73,105
LIFO adjustment                                    (25,454)              (25,820)
                                                    $50,206               $47,285
</TABLE>

During 1999 and 1998, the Company liquidated certain LIFO inventories which
decreased cost of sales by approximately $1,600 and $800, respectively.

D. Property and Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          November 27, 1999     November 28, 1998
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>
Land                                               $  7,920                $3,289
Buildings                                            67,691                48,956
Machinery and Equipment                             151,828               133,147

                                                    227,439               185,392
Less: Accumulated Depreciation                    (134,284)             (129,005)

                                                  $  93,155             $  56,387

</TABLE>

Depreciation expense was $7,725, $6,870 and $6,192 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.


<PAGE>   8
E. Investment Securities and Financial Instruments

Investment securities by major security type are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         November 27, 1999
                                       Unrealized
                                       holding            Fair
                        Cost           gains              value
<S>                     <C>            <C>                <C>
Equity securities       $ 9,953        $13,104            $23,057
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         November 28, 1998
                                       Unrealized
                                       holding            Fair
                        Cost           gains              value
<S>                     <C>            <C>                <C>
Equity securities       $11,272        $13,146            $24,418
Mutual funds              2,277            408              2,685
Municipal securities     23,606             30             23,636
                        $37,155        $13,584            $50,739
</TABLE>

During 1999, the Company entered into an equity collar arrangement in order to
reduce its exposure to fluctuations in its investment portfolio. The equity
collar is a series of puts and calls on a market index covering a national
amount of $19,700, which expire quarterly in varying amounts over a three year
period. The fair market value of this financial instrument at November 27, 1999
was $3,423 and is included in accrued liabilities on the accompanying balance
sheet. The related loss has been reflected in other income in the accompanying
statement of operations for the year ended November 27, 1999. Subsequent to
yearend, the Company terminated this particular financial instrument, at a cost
of $2.1 million, and entered into a new financial instrument which more directly
correlates to the Company's investment portfolio.

F. Investment in Affiliated Companies

The Company has equity interests in the following entities which are accounted
for using the equity method:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Affiliate                                                % Ownership        Description of Business
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>
International Home Furnishings Center, Inc. (IHFC)       41.3%              Home Furnishings Showrooms

The Bassett Industries Alternative Asset Fund, LP        99.8%              Investment Partnership

Triwood, Inc.                                            50.0%              Real Estate Joint Venture

Zenith Freight Lines, LLC                                49.0%              Transportation

The Accessory Group, LP                                  90.0%              Home Furnishings Accessories
</TABLE>

The Alternative Asset Fund invests in a variety of other private partnerships,
which employ a combination of investment strategies including merger arbitrages,
convertible arbitrages and other market neutral investments. Summarized combined
financial information for all of the affiliated companies are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999               1998              1997
<S>                                  <C>                <C>              <C>
Total assets                         $136,434           $119,276         $  56,794
Total liabilities                      87,503             84,607            10,212
Revenues                               56,628             42,203            41,730
Income from operations                 31,345             24,021            23,027
Net income                             18,455             14,503            15,104
Dividends received                      5,448             31,517            21,245
</TABLE>

The recorded investment in IHFC at November 27, 1999, and November 28, 1998,
exceeded the Company's interest in the underlying net assets of these entities
by $8,818 and $9,276, respectively. This difference is being amortized and the
related investment balance reduced utilizing the straight-line method over 35
years.
<PAGE>   9

The Company had earnings in excess of distributions from these investments of
$3,742 at November 27, 1999, and net distributions in excess of earnings of
$3,854 at November 28, 1998. Deferred income taxes related to these items have
been provided in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

G. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           November         November
                                           27,              28,
                                           1999             1998
<S>                                            <C>         <C>
Compensation and related benefits              $11,000     $   9,335
Severance and employee benefits                  2,854         1,859
Advertising and rebates                          3,214         4,132
Legal and environmental                          3,316         4,615
Financial instrument liability                   3,423           ---
Other                                            2,999         4,573
                                               $26,806       $24,514
</TABLE>

H. Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective
income tax rate, as a percentage of income (loss) before income taxes, is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1999          1998         1997
<S>                                              <C>           <C>        <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate                35.0%         35.0%      (35.0%)
Dividends received exclusion                      (.6)         (1.0)         (.7)
Tax exempt interest                               (.8)         (2.0)        (1.0)
Undistributed affiliate income                   (5.4)         (7.7)        (4.2)
Corporate owned life insurance                    (.5)         (3.2)        (4.3)
State income tax, net of federal benefit           3.6           3.1        (6.0)
Property donation                                  ---           ---        (3.2)
Other                                               .2           1.3          1.1
  Effective income tax rate                      31.5%         25.5%      (53.3%)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   10

The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Current:                                          1999          1998         1997
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>
Federal                                       $  3,928      $  1,762    $ (3,968)
State                                              224           101          171

Deferred:
Federal                                          3,906         3,340     (17,622)
State                                              206           176        (927)
Total                                         $  8,264      $  5,379    $(22,346)
</TABLE>

The income tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards which give
rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets and deferred
income tax liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            November 27,    November 28,
                                                            1999            1998
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
  Trade accounts receivable                                        $ 1,648        $  1,514
  Inventories                                                        1,825           1,601
  Impaired asset reserves                                            1,862           2,084
  Retirement benefits                                                5,121           5,135
  Severance and employee benefits                                      964             725
Legal and environmental                                              1,293           1,800
  Net operating loss carry forwards                                     24             441
  Distribution from affiliates in excess of income                   2,465           2,258
  Contribution carryforward (expires 2002)                             989             820
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward (no expiration)        1,756             ---
  Loss on financial instrument                                       1,335             ---
  Other accrued liabilities                                          3,726           5,141

     Total gross deferred income tax assets                         23,008          21,519

Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Property and equipment                                             5,689           3,343
  Undistributed affiliate income                                     3,497             541
  Prepaid expenses and other                                           549             250
  Unrealized holding gains                                           5,111           5,298

    Total gross deferred income tax liabilities                     14,846           9,432

    Net deferred income tax assets                                $  8,162         $12,087
</TABLE>

I. Long-Term Liabilities and Retirement Plans

The Company has a qualified defined contribution plan (Employee
Savings/Retirement Plan) that covers all employees with over one year of service
who elect to participate and have fulfilled the necessary service requirements.
Employee contributions to the Plan are matched by the Company at the rate of
115% of the first 2% through 5% of the employee's contribution, based on
seniority. The Plan incorporates provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code. The expenses for the Plan for 1999, 1998, and 1997 were
approximately $2,475, $2,273 and $2,453 respectively.

The Company has a Supplemental Retirement Income Plan that covers certain senior
executives and provides additional retirement and death benefits. Also, the
Company has a Deferred Compensation Plan for certain senior executives that
provides for voluntary deferral of compensation otherwise payable. The unfunded
future liability of the Company under these Plans is included in long-term
liabilities.

J. Notes Payable

In 1999 the Company entered into a $50 million unsecured revolving credit
facility with a bank which matures October 2002. Borrowings under the facility
totaled $18 million at November 27, 1999. After coverage for letters of credit,
the Company had $26 million available for borrowing under the facility at
November 27, 1999. The average interest rate was 6.9% at November 27, 1999.

The facility contains, among other provisions, certain defined financial
requirements regarding working capital and leverage ratios. The Company was in
compliance with all of these provisions at November 27, 1999.
<PAGE>   11
K. Capital Stock and Stock Compensation

The Company has a Long Term Incentive Stock Option Plan that was adopted in 1993
(the 1993 Plan). Under the 1993 Plan, the Company has reserved for issuance
450,000 shares of Common Stock of which 2,279 were available for grant at
November 30, 1997. Options granted under the 1993 Plan may be for such terms and
exercised at such times as determined at the time of grant by the Organization,
Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors. Options to
purchase 360,750 shares of Common Stock were granted during 1997 to officers and
key employees. The exercise price of these options is $22.62, which equaled the
fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the date of the grant.
However, this exercise price was less than the fair market value at the
measurement date for 330,000 of the options granted. All of these options became
exercisable in 1997. Compensation expense related to these options of $1,682 is
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying
1997 consolidated statement of operations. These options expire at various dates
through 2007.

The Company adopted a second Employee Stock Plan in 1998 (the 1998 Plan). Under
the 1998 Plan, the Company has reserved for issuance 950,000 shares of Common
Stock. The terms of the 1998 Plan also allow for the issuance of the 2,279
shares which remained as of December 1, 1997 from the 1993 Plan. In addition,
the terms of the 1998 Plan allow for the reissuance of any stock options which
have been forfeited before being exercised. An additional 500,000 shares of
Common Stock were authorized for issuance by the Stockholders at the 1999 Annual
Shareholders Meeting. Options granted under the 1998 Plan may be for such terms
and exercised at such times as determined by the Organization, Compensation, and
Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors. Shares available for grant under
the 1998 Plan were 769,902 at November 27, 1999.

The Company has a Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors which was adopted in
1993. Under this stock option plan, the Company has reserved for issuance 75,000
shares of Common Stock, 7,719 of which are available for grant at November 27,
1999. Under the terms of this plan, each non-employee director will
automatically be granted an option to purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock on
April 1 of each year. These options are exercisable for 10 years commencing six
months after the date of grant.

Option activity under these plans is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Weighted
                                                          Average
                                            Number of     price per
                                            shares        share
<S>                                        <C>           <C>
Outstanding at November 30, 1996              321,625       $32.02
  Granted in 1997                             382,750       $22.87
  Exercised in 1997                           (2,000)       $25.97
  Cancelled in 1997                          (49,577)       $31.50

Outstanding at November 30, 1997              652,798       $26,80
  Granted in 1998                             875,759       $30.25
  Exercised in 1998                          (11,000)       $24.18
  Cancelled in 1998                         (126,142)       $31.67

Outstanding at November 28, 1998            1,391,415       $28.51
  Granted in 1999                             320,406       $22.58
  Exercised in 1999                               ---          ---
  Cancelled in 1999                         (341,032)       $27.19

Outstanding at November 27, 1999            1,370,789       $27.46
Exercisable at November 27, 1999              508,877       $24.48
Exercisable at November 28, 1998              614,386       $26.17
Exercisable at November 30, 1997              602,726       $26.22
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at November 27, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Options Outstanding
                                                Weighted average                               Options Exercisable
                                                remaining
Range of exercise         Number outstanding    contractual life   Weighted average  Number exercisable  Weighted average
prices                    at Nov. 27, 1999      (years)            exercise price    at Nov. 27, 1999    exercisable price
<S>                      <C>                    <C>               <C>               <C>                 <C>
    $16.25 - 22.49             88,500                9.4            $19.59                ---               $---
     22.50 - 27.75            566,464                7.6             23.24            445,464              23.43
     27.76 - 37.40            715,825                8.0             31.79             63,413              31.89

     16.25 - 37.40          1,370,789                7.9             27.46            508,877              24.48
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   12
The Company has elected to continue to account for stock options granted to
employees and directors under APB Opinion No. 25 and is required to provide pro
forma disclosures of what net income and earnings per share would have been had
the Company adopted the new fair value method for recognition purposes under
SFAS No. 123. The following information is presented as if the Company had
adopted SFAS No. 123 and restated its results:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1999         1998         1997
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>
Net income (loss):
  As reported                          $17,954      $15,717      $(19,609)
  Pro Forma                            $16,879      $14,863      $(19,945)

Basic earnings (loss) per share
  As reported                          $1.44        $1.21        $(1.50)
  Pro Forma                            $1.35        $1.14        $(1.53)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
  As reported                          $1.44        $1.20        $(1.50)
  Pro Forma                            $1.35        $1.14        $(1.53)
</TABLE>

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the following weighted average
assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1999         1998         1997
<S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Expected lives                         5 years      5 years      5 years
Risk-free interest rate                4.5%         5.3%         6.6%
Expected volatility                    34.5%        34.2%        29.5%
Dividend yield                         3.3%         3.0%         3.3%
</TABLE>

The weighted average fair values of options granted during 1999, 1998 and 1997
were $5.64, $9.45 and $6.15 respectively.

During 1998 and 1997, the Company issued 16,836 and 31,396 shares respectively,
of restricted Common Stock under the 1993 Long Term Incentive Plan as
compensation for certain key salaried employees. These shares carry dividend and
voting rights. Sale of these shares is restricted prior to the date of vesting,
which is five years from the date of grant. Shares issued under this plan were
recorded at their fair market value on the date of the grant with a
corresponding charge to stockholders' equity. The unearned portion is being
amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the related
vesting period. Compensation expense related to these grants was $240 in 1999,
$204 in 1998 and $11 in 1997.

The Company's Board of Directors adopted a Shareholders Rights Plan in 1998. If
a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Common
Stock outstanding, each right distributed under the plan will entitle its holder
(other than such person or group) to purchase, at the right's exercise price, a
number of shares of the Company's Common Stock having a market value of twice
such price.

L. Other Income, Net

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1999            1998              1997
<S>                                 <C>              <C>               <C>
Equity in undistributed income
   of affiliated companies            $12,587         $  5,784            $ 5,926
Corporate owned life insurance,
   net of interest expense              3,109             (91)            (1,148)
Net gain from sales of investment
   securities                           1,795            1,446              1,804
Dividends                                 835              825              1,141
Interest Income (principally
   tax exempt)                            571            3,195              3,328
Interest expense                        (256)              ---                ---
Net loss on financial instrument      (3,423)              ---                ---
Other, net                            (1,474)              286              2,316
                                      $13,744          $11,445            $13,367
</TABLE>

Interest expense on corporate owned life insurance policy loans was $1,769 in
1999, $5,450 in 1998, and $7,295 in 1997.
<PAGE>   13
M. Restructuring, Impaired Fixed Asset and Other Unusual and Nonrecurring
Charges

During 1999, the Company reorganized its retail operations and subsequently
formed a new joint venture to operate its stores. See Note R for more discussion
of this transaction. The Company recorded $1,156 of nonrecurring charges related
to this transaction and the closing of one upholstery plant. The charges were
primarily severance and related employee benefit costs. Of these costs, $676 are
included in cost of sales and $480 are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the accompanying 1999 consolidated statement of
operations.

During 1997, the Company restructured certain of its operations and recorded
restructuring and impaired fixed asset charges of $20,646. The restructuring
plan was the result of management's decision to focus on its core Bassett
product line and efforts to improve operating efficiencies. The principal
actions of the plan included the closure or sale of 14 manufacturing facilities,
elimination of three product lines (National/Mt. Airy, Impact and Veneer
Production) and the severance of approximately 1,000 employees. The major
components of the restructuring and impairment of fixed assets charges and the
remaining reserves as of November 27, 1999, and November 28, 1998, are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1998                    1999
                                   Original        1997        1998         Reserve    1999         Reserve
                                   charges         Activity    Activity     Balance    Activity     Balance
<S>                                <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Non-cash write-downs of
  property and equipment to
  net realizable value             $13,362         $13,362          ---        ---          ---         ---
Severance and related employee
  benefits                           5,684             774        3,507      1,403          289       1,114
Lease exit costs                       614             ---          190        424          222         202
Other                                  986             261           63        662          662         ---

Total                              $20,646         $14,397      $ 3,760    $ 2,489      $ 1,173     $ 1,316
</TABLE>

The Company completed the closure of five of the 14 manufacturing facilities,
disposed of one of the facilities and severed approximately 600 employees during
1997. Substantially all remaining restructuring activities were completed in
1998. Net sales and operating income from activities that were discontinued were
$2,180 and $0, respectively, in 1998, and $46,221 and $(31,602) in 1997.

As a result of the plan, additional nonrecurring charges including moving costs,
plant consolidation inefficiencies and inventory write-downs totaling $4,669
were recorded in 1998. Of these costs, $3,887 are included in cost of goods sold
and $782 are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the
accompanying 1998 consolidated statement of operations. After an income tax
benefit of $1,821, the additional nonrecurring charges of $4,669 reduced fiscal
year 1998 net income by $2,848 or $0.22 per share. Additional nonrecurring
charges recorded in 1997 totaled $31,654. Of these costs, $28,325 are included
in cost of goods sold and $3,329 are included in selling, general, and
administrative expenses in the accompanying 1997 consolidated statement of
operations. After an income tax benefit of $22,027, the restructuring and
impaired fixed asset charges of $20,646 and additional nonrecurring charges of
$31,654 reduced fiscal year 1997 net income by $30,273 or $2.32 per share.

In addition, the Company incurred other unusual and nonrecurring charges during
1997 of $12,500 related to customer bankruptcies, environmental matters and
issues related to the Bedding Division (Note N). Of these charges, $1,000 are
included in cost of goods sold and $11,500 are included in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the accompanying 1997 consolidated statement of
operations. After an income tax benefit of $4,875, these other unusual and
nonrecurring charges reduced fiscal year 1997 net income by $7,625 or $.58 per
share.

N. Contingencies

A suit was filed in June 1997 in the Superior Court of the State of California
for the County of Los Angeles (the "Superior Court") against the Company, two
major retailers and certain current and former employees of the Company. The
suit sought certification of a class consisting of all consumers who purchased
certain mattresses and box springs from the major retailers that were
manufactured by a subsidiary of the Company, E.B. Malone Corporation, with
allegedly different specifications than those originally manufactured for sale
by these retailers. The suit alleged various causes of action, including
negligent misrepresentation, breach of warranty, violations of deceptive
practices laws and fraud. Plaintiffs sought compensatory damages of $100 million
and punitive damages. In 1998, the Superior Court dismissed the class action
allegations in plaintiffs' complaint and transferred the entire action out of
the class action department. The court also dismissed many of the individual
claims. Plaintiffs then filed a notice of appeal from the class action ruling.
Plaintiffs also filed a petition for a writ of mandamus or other extraordinary
relief, which was denied. The suit was subsequently transferred from the
Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles to the Superior Court for Orange
County. After the case was transferred to Orange County, the plaintiffs
stipulated to a dismissal with prejudice of all individual defendants.
Additionally, all remaining claims against the Company were stayed by the Orange
County Court pending Plaintiffs' appeal of the dismissal of their
<PAGE>   14
class action allegations. The parties have recently briefed the issues on
appeal, but no hearing date has been set by the appellate court. Although it is
impossible to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation, the Company
intends to vigorously defend this suit, because it believes that the damages
sought are unjustified and because this case is inappropriate for class action
treatment. Because the Company believes that the two major retailers were
unaware of any alleged changes in specifications, the Company has agreed to
indemnify the two major retailers with respect to the above.

Legislation has phased out interest deductions on certain policy loans related
to Company owned life insurance (COLI) as of January 1, 1999. The Company has
recorded cumulative reductions to income tax expense of approximately $8 million
as the result of COLI interest deductions through 1998. The Internal Revenue
Service (IRS), on a national level, has pursued an adverse position regarding
the deductibility of COLI policy loan interest for years prior to January 1,
1999. In 1999, the IRS received a favorable Tax Court ruling on one taxpayer
regarding the non-deductibility of COLI loan interest. Management understands
that this ruling and the adverse position taken by the IRS will be subjected to
extensive challenges in court. In the event that the IRS prevails, the outcome
could result in a potential income tax and interest payments which could be
material to the Company's future results of operations.

The Company is also involved in various other claims and actions, including
environmental matters at certain of its plant facilities, which arise in the
normal course of business. Although the final outcome of these legal and
environmental matters cannot be determined, based on the facts presently known,
it is management's opinion that the final resolution of these matters will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or future
results of operations.

O. Leases

The Company leases land and buildings principally for the operation of its
Company-owned retail outlets and related distribution facilities. Lease terms
range from three to 15 years and generally have renewal options of between five
and 15 years. The following schedule shows future minimum lease payments under
non-cancelable leases having remaining terms in excess of one year as of
November 27, 1999:




                             2000               $ 2,217
                             2001                 2,131
                             2002                 1,913
                             2003                 1,922
                             2004                 1,837
                             Thereafter          16,197
                                                $26,217


Rental expense related to these leases was $1,330 in 1999, and $0 in 1998 and
1997, respectively.

As part of Bassett's expansion strategy for its retail stores, Bassett has
guaranteed certain lease obligations and construction loan obligations of
licensee operators of the Bassett Furniture Direct program. Lease guarantees
generally do not exceed five years. The Company was contingently liable under
licensee lease obligation guarantees in the amount of $12,147 at November 27,
1999. Additionally, the Company was contingently liable under licensee
construction loan guarantees in the amount of $15,180 at November 27, 1999.

<PAGE>   15
P. Earnings Per Share

The following table reconciles basic and diluted earnings per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Shares         Net Income (loss)     Earnings Per Share
<S>                                     <C>                        <C>                     <C>
1999:
Basic EPS                                 12,499,481                   $17,954                  $1.44
Add effect of dilutive securities:
Options and restricted stock                   6,992                       ---                    ---
Diluted EPS                               12,506,473                   $17,954                  $1.44

1998:
Basic EPS                                 12,984,639                   $15,717                  $1.21
Add effect of dilutive securities:
Options and restricted stock                  80,449                       ---                  (.01)
Diluted EPS                               13,065,088                   $15,717                  $1.20

1997:
Basic EPS                                 13,045,789                 $(19,609)                $(1.50)
Add effect of dilutive securities:
Options and restricted stock                   5,377                       ---                    ---
Diluted EPS                               13,051,166                 $(19,609)                $(1.50)
</TABLE>

Q. Segment Information

The Company's operations are classified into two primary businesses: wholesale
and retail home furnishings. The wholesale home furnishings business is involved
principally in the manufacture, sale and distribution of furniture products to a
network of independently-owned and Company-owned stores. The wholesale business
consists primarily of two operating segments, wood and upholstery. The retail
home furnishings segment sells home furnishings products through a network of
Company-owned retail stores known as Bassett Furniture Direct (BFD).

The wood segment is engaged in the manufacture and sale of wood furniture to
independent and Company-owned retailers. The upholstery segment involved in the
manufacture and sale of upholstered frames and cut upholstery items having a
variety of frame and fabric options.

The Company's other businesses consist of the Bedding Division, a contemporary
furniture business (Wieman) and corporate operations, all included to reconcile
segment information to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bedding
Division activity is included for five months in 1999 and 12 months in 1998 and
1997. Restructuring and other nonrecurring charges are included for 1998 and
1997 as discussed in Note M to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Wholesale profitability includes the wholesale gross margin, which is earned on
wholesale sales to all retail stores, including Company-owned stores. The retail
profitability includes the retail gross margin, which is earned based on final
delivery to consumers. Inter-segment eliminations comprise primarily the
wholesale sales and profit on the transfer of inventory between segments.
Operating income by business segment is defined as sales less direct operating
costs and expenses. Identifiable assets are those assets used exclusively in the
operations of each business segment. Identifiable assets for the wood and
upholstery segments consist of inventories and property, plant and equipment.

<PAGE>   16
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Inter-segment
1999                             Wood  Upholstery      Other   Wholesale      Retail  Eliminations  Consolidated
<S>                           <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales                     259,825     103,520     26,156     389,501      11,319       (6,408)      394,412
Operating Income (Loss)        44,363       9,398   (38,267)      15,494     (2,570)         (450)       12,474
Identifiable assets            81,067      14,195    236,708     331,970      10,859           ---      342,829
Depreciation and
  amortization                  3,846         753      3,303       7,902         484           ---        8,386
Capital expenditures           16,075       2,825     10,106      29,006      18,690           ---       47,696

<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Inter-segment
1998                             Wood  Upholstery      Other   Wholesale      Retail  Eliminations  Consolidated
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>       <C>
Net sales                     233,626     110,223     53,708     397,557         ---           ---      397,557
Operating Income (Loss)        36,730       8,260   (35,339)       9,651         ---           ---        9,651
Identifiable assets            80.340      15,134    226,040     321,514         ---           ---      321,514
Depreciation and
  amortization                  3,287         568      3,015       6,870         ---           ---        6,870
Capital expenditures            6,363       1,358     14,889      22,610         ---           ---       22,610

<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Inter-segment
1997                             Wood  Upholstery      Other   Wholesale      Retail  Eliminations  Consolidated
<S>                           <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
Net sales                     195,743     131,690    119,460     446,893         ---           ---      446,893
Operating Income (Loss)        26,943       4,820   (87,085)    (55,322)         ---           ---     (55,322)
Identifiable assets            65,632      12,606    242,087     320,325         ---           ---      320,325
Depreciation and
  amortization                  3,014         590      2,588       6,192         ---           ---        6,192
Capital expenditures            7,590         425      2,809      10,824         ---           ---       10,824
</TABLE>

R. Subsequent Event:

Subsequent to yearend, the Company merged all of its eight company owned Bassett
Furniture Direct (BFD) stores with a licensee's five BFD stores, and formed a
new joint venture know as the Ladin Retail Group (LRG). Bassett contributed the
net assets from its retail operations along with $4.2 million in cash and the
Ladins contributed their net assets along with $.5 million in cash. Bassett owns
51% of the new entity.

<PAGE>   17
Report of Independent Public Accountants



To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Bassett Furniture Industries,
Incorporated:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bassett
Furniture Industries, Incorporated (a Virginia corporation) and subsidiaries as
of November 27, 1999 and November 28, 1998, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 27, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Bassett Furniture Industries,
Incorporated and subsidiaries as of November 27, 1999 and November 28, 1998,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended November 27, 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.




/s/ Arthur Andersen

Greensboro, North Carolina,
 January 17, 2000.

<PAGE>   18
OTHER BUSINESS DATA

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
(dollars in thousands except share and share data)

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999       1998         1997           1996        1995
<S>                                 <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
Net sales                            $394,412   $397,557     $446,893       $450,717    $490,817
Cost of sales                         309,316    323,904      396,875        379,259     407,750
Operating profit (loss)                12,474      9,651     (55,322)  (1)     7,306      17,129
Other income                           13,744     11,445       13,367         14,982      13,000
Income (loss) before income taxes      26,218     21,096     (41,955)  (1)    22,288      30,129
Income taxes                            8,264      5,379     (22,346)  (1)     3,787       7,226
Net income (loss)                      17,954     15,717     (19,609)  (1)    18,501      22,903
Diluted earnings (loss) per share        1.44       1.20       (1.50)  (1)      1.39        1.63
Cash dividends declared                 9,983     10,393       13,041         10,626      11,197
Cash dividends per share                  .80        .80         1.00            .80         .80
Total assets                          342,829    321,514      320,325        335,166     346,720
Current ratio                       2.39 to 1  3.21 to 1    4.12 to 1      6.42 to 1   5.79 to 1
Book value per share                    20.46      20.40        20.01          22.29       21.88
Weighted average number of shares  12,499,481 12,984,639   13,045,789     13,351,585  14,052,794
</TABLE>

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999
                                First        Second         Third          Fourth
<S>                            <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales                      $ 99,809     $103,659       $ 88,803       $102,141
Gross profit                     19,576       22,464         20,224         22,832
Net income                        4,415        5,060          4,405          4,074
  Basic earnings per share          .34          .40            .36            .34
  Diluted earnings per share        .34          .40            .36            .34

<CAPTION>
                                         1998
                                 First       Second          Third         Fourth
<S>                            <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales                      $ 98,333     $ 98,335       $ 98,093       $102,796
Gross profit                     17,582       18,527         17,690         19,854
Net income                        3,435        3,959          3,127          5,196
  Basic earnings per share          .26          .30            .24            .40
  Diluted earnings per share        .26          .30            .24            .40
</TABLE>

(1) See Note M to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of
restructuring and fixed asset impairment charges

<PAGE>   19
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

In 1999, Bassett reported a net sales decline of 1% following an 11% decline in
1998. The decline in sales reflects the elimination and disposition of divisions
and products that did not adequately contribute to earnings. In April of 1999,
the Company sold its Bedding Division, which had revenues of $12 million in 1999
(prior to the sale), $39 million in 1998, and $54 million in 1997. The decline
from 1997 to 1998 also resulted from eliminating three divisions (Impact,
National/Mt. Airy and Veneer) which had net sales of $46 million in 1997.

Offsetting these declines were increases in core Bassett branded wholesale
furniture sales in both 1998 and 1999. Core wholesale furniture sales have
increased 6% each of the past two years driven by the opening of additional
Bassett Furniture Direct (BFD) stores. A net 15 BFD stores were opened in 1999
following the opening of 17 stores in 1998, bringing the total BFD stores open
at the end of fiscal 1999 to 51. The Company has targeted opening approximately
20 new BFD stores in each of the next five years. Within our core wholesale
furniture segment, sales of our products have significantly increased over the
past two years, 11% and 19% for 1999 and 1998, respectively, while upholstery
product sales have declined 6% and 16% for 1999 and 1998, respectively. We
continue to reposition our product offerings and account structure in order to
improve both service and profitability.

Gross margin; selling, general, and administrative (S,G&A) expenses; and
operating income as a percentage of net sales were as follows for the years
ended November 27, 1999, November 28, 1998, and November 30, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999             1998         1997
<S>                                     <C>              <C>         <C>
 Gross Margin                           21.6%            18.5%        11.2%
 S,G&A Expenses                         18.4%            16.1%        18.9%
 Operating Income                        3.2%             2.4%      (12.4%)
</TABLE>

The improvement in gross margin from 11.2% in 1997 to 18.5% in 1998 to 21.6% in
1999 reflects both the elimination and disposition of unprofitable divisions and
the operational changes made by the Company over the past two years. Results in
1997 and 1998 were negatively impacted by restructuring and nonrecurring
charges, substantially all of which were completed in 1998. On a continuing
operations basis, margins improved from 17.8% in 1997 to 19.5% in 1998 to 21.7%
in 1999 due to consolidation and absorption efficiencies, new investments in
technology and equipment, manufacturing process improvements, and product
enhancements. The Company is committed to continuing its gross margin
improvement initiatives. These initiatives include the consolidation of the J.D.
Bassett plant in the Wood Division and the closing of the Dumas plant in the
Upholstery Division, additional investments in equipment and technology, and
additional engineering efforts to streamline plant production processes.

S,G&A expenses increased from 16.1% of sales in 1998 to 18.4% of sales in 1999
following a decrease in 1998 from 18.9% in 1997. The increase in 1999 is
attributable primarily to the Company's entry into the retail furniture business
and the related support structure required for this segment ($10 million). In
addition, the Company increased spending on brand building and marketing
programs. Spending related to information technology and systems has also
increased in each of the last two years. The Company plans to continue to focus
its spending on marketing and advertising in order to drive its sales growth.
Management expects S,G&A spending in the wholesale furniture segment to
approximate 16.5% of wholesale furniture sales over the next five years. Total
S,G&A spending will continue to increase as a percentage of sales due to the
consolidation of an ever growing retail business.

Other income increased from $11.4 million in 1998 to $13.7 million in 1999,
following a decrease in 1998 from $13.4 million in 1997. The increase in 1999
was due principally to better returns on the Company's investment portfolio.
Also included in the increase was income from the Company's COLI plan. COLI
income is realized as proceeds from policy claims exceed interest on policy
loans and changes in the cash surrender value of the policies. The decrease from
1997 to 1998 was due to fewer sales of investment securities and the related
gains from these sales. Other income will continue to be an integral component
of the Company's future earnings. Management plans to continue to make
investments in companies which are strategically aligned with Bassett and the
home furnishings industry.

The effective tax rate was 31.5% in 1999 compared to 25.5% in 1998 and (53.3%)
in 1997. The unusual rate in 1997 was a result of the restructuring, impaired
fixed asset and other non-recurring charges incurred in 1997. The 1999 and 1998
tax rates were lower than the statutory federal income tax rate due to
exclusions for tax exempt and undistributed affiliate income and the Company's
COLI Plan (1998 only). Note H in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements" contains complete disclosure of the Company's income tax status. The
increase in the effective rate for 1999 is due to the final phase-out of the
COLI loan interest deduction and the reduction in tax exempt bond income.

For the year ended November 27, 1999, net income was $18.0 million, or $1.44 per
diluted share, compared to net income of $15.7 million or $1.20 per diluted
share in fiscal 1998, and a net loss of $19.6 million or ($1.50) per diluted
share in fiscal 1997.
<PAGE>   20
SEGMENT INFORMATION:

The following is a discussion of operating results for each of Bassett's
business segments. A full description of each operating segment along with
financial data for each segment can be found in Note Q to the Notes of the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Wood Division

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999             1998          1997
<S>                                  <C>              <C>           <C>
Net Sales                            $259,825         $233,626      $195,743
Contribution to Profit and Overhead    44,363           36,730        26,943
</TABLE>

Wood Division net sales grew 11% in 1999 and 19% in 1998 due to the expansion of
the BFD store program, successful new product introductions, and improvements in
product styling, quality, and service.

Contribution to profit and overhead is defined by the Company as gross profit
less direct divisional operating expenses but excluding any allocation of
corporate overhead expenses, interest expense, or income taxes. For the Wood
division, contribution to profit and overhead has increased dramatically over
the past two years from 13.8 as a percentage of net sales in 1997 to 15.7% in
1998 and 17.1% in 1999. This improvement results from the combination of
consolidation and absorption efficiencies and several Company initiatives. The
initiatives include investments in equipment and technology, manufacturing
process improvements, and targeted price increases.

Two of the Company's wood manufacturing facilities posted notable improvement in
their contribution to profit and overhead from 1998 to 1999. The two plants
located in Dublin, Georgia, and Mt. Airy, North Carolina, achieved these results
for the reasons noted above but also as a result of better plant scheduling
practices, a narrower more focused product line, and standardized production
processes. In addition, sales of the Company's import products have increased in
each of the last two years, improving sales and profitability for the Wood
Division.

Upholstery Division

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999             1998          1997
<S>                                  <C>              <C>           <C>
Net Sales                            $103,520         $110,223      $131,690
Contribution to Profit and Overhead     9,398            8,260         4,820
</TABLE>

Net sales for the Upholstery Division have declined in each of the past two
years, as the Company continues its overall repositioning of this product
segment. Management decided to exit certain distribution channels, which it
concluded, were incompatible with the Bassett brand image and its current
primary channels of distribution. The Company has decided to focus this segment
on its BFD stores, its At Home with Bassett galleries, and several of its major
customers.

Contribution to profit and overhead has improved despite the sales decline. For
the Upholstery Division, contribution to profit and overhead has increased over
the past two years from 3.6% of sales in 1997 to 7.5% in 1998 to 9.1% in 1999.
Repositioning the segment away from lower margin accounts and products and into
higher quality, more stylish goods combined with operational initiatives have
propelled the profit improvement. The operational initiatives include the entry
into cellular manufacturing and investments in new cutting and sewing equipment.

Retail Segment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999             1998          1997
<S>                                   <C>                <C>            <C>
Net Sales                             $11,319              ---           ---
Operating Loss                        (2,570)              ---           ---
</TABLE>

The Company owned and operated eight BFD stores in 1999. Delivered sales from
these stores, which opened or were purchased at various months during the year,
were $11.3 million. The pretax operating loss (which includes a corporate
management allocation) of $2.6 million resulted from acquiring two
underperforming licensed stores during the year, start-up related losses
associated with opening the other six stores, and operational inefficiencies
incurred during the first year of this new segment.

Note that subsequent to year-end, the Company merged its eight BFD stores with a
licensee's five BFD stores, and formed a new joint venture known as the Ladin
Retail Group (LRG). Bassett retains a 51% ownership of the joint venture and
will be consolidating the results of LRG's operations into future consolidated
financial statements.

The change in "Other" operations from 1997 to 1998 to 1999 detailed in Note Q to
the Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the elimination of discontinued
operations previously discussed, the sale of the bedding division, and the
increase in corporate related marketing and support structure spending.
<PAGE>   21
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Cash provided by operating activities was $16.3 million in 1999 compared with
$4.5 million in 1998 and $21.3 million in 1997. The increase in 1999 was
attributable to better earnings, the timing of certain accounts payable
expenditures, and the refund of certain income taxes paid in 1998. In 1998,
increases in inventories and receivables negatively impacted operating cash
flow.

The Company invested $47.7 million in property and equipment in 1999. This
significant increase in capital spending included amounts for the BFD store real
estate, the Company's new enterprise-wide information systems, new manufacturing
equipment and a new dining table top manufacturing facility. The Company plans
to invest approximately $30 to $40 million per year over the next few years to
aggressively execute its BFD expansion. The Company's solid financial position
with significant liquidity and minimal debt affords it many options. Management
intends to examine opportunities to strengthen its balance sheet and increase
shareholder value, which could require additional debt financing.

In 1999, the Company liquidated a significant portion of its investment
portfolio, primarily tax exempt municipal bonds, and generated $37.8 million in
cash proceeds. These proceeds were utilized to fund capital expenditures and BFD
expansion. This follows the decision made by management in 1998 to reinvest a
large portion ($50 million) of its investment portfolio into an investment
partnership which has enabled the Company to generate improved investment
returns in 1999 compared to 1998.

The Company made two strategic investments in 1999 totaling $5.7 million for
equity interests in Zenith Freight Lines LLC and The Accessory Group LP, two
companies which service and support the home furnishings industry.

The Company entered into a $50 million revolving credit facility in 1999.
Management decided to borrow money at competitive rates rather than further
liquidate its investment portfolio, which has been generating favorable returns.
At the end of fiscal 1999, the Company had borrowed $18 million against its
credit line and expects to continue to borrow against this line in fiscal 2000.
The Company also plans to liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio over
the next six years.

The Company purchased and retired 793,000 shares of its Common Stock during
1999. These purchases were part of the Company's stock repurchase program,
approved in 1998, which allows the Company to repurchase up to 1.3 million
shares for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed $40 million. The average
cost of the shares purchased in 1999 was $21.73, resulting in a total
expenditure of $17.0 million. In 1998, the Company purchased and retired 185,300
shares for $4.8 million, while in 1997, 60,000 shares were purchased and retired
for $1.4 million. The Company plans to actively continue its share repurchase
program in fiscal 2000.

The current ratio for the past two years was 2.39 to 1 and 3.21 to 1,
respectively. Working capital was $79.3 million at November 27, 1999 and $98.9
million at November 28, 1998. This decrease is due primarily to the Company's
change in investment strategies, and the sale of its bedding division in April
1999.

The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis of
historical dollars and are not intended to show the impact of inflation or
changing prices. Neither inflation nor changing prices has had a material effect
on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations in
prior years.

CONTINGENCIES:

The Company is involved in various claims and litigation, including a lawsuit
concerning a subsidiary, E. B. Malone Corporation, as well as environmental
matters at certain plant facilities, which arise in the normal course of
business. The details of these matters are described in Note N in the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. Although the final outcome of these legal and
environmental matters cannot be determined, based on the facts presently known,
it is management's opinion that the final resolution of these matters will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or future
results of operations.

Legislation has phased out interest deductions on certain policy loans related
to Company owned life insurance (COLI) as of January 1, 1999. The Company has
recorded cumulative reductions to income tax expense of approximately $8 million
as the result of COLI interest deductions through 1998. The Internal Revenue
Service (IRS), on a national level, has pursued an adverse position regarding
the deductibility of COLI policy loan interest for years prior to January 1,
1999. In 1999, the IRS received a favorable Tax Court ruling on one taxpayer
regarding the non-deductibility of COLI loan interest. Management understands
that this ruling and the adverse position taken by the IRS will be subjected to
extensive challenges in court. In the event that the IRS prevails, the outcome
could result in a potential income tax and interest payments which could be
material to the Company's future results of operations.
<PAGE>   22
YEAR 2000:

JANUARY 2000 UPDATE:

Through the first month of the year 2000, Bassett's operations throughout the
United States are fully functioning and have not experienced any significant
problems associated with the Y2K issue. We are pleased by the results of our
Year 2000 efforts, and that of our customers, suppliers, and third party service
providers thus far, however the Company remains vigilant in its testing and
preparations for any follow-on Year 2000 issues that may arise.

YEAR 2000 READINESS OVERVIEW:

The Year 2000 issue results from the inability of many computer systems and
applications to recognize and process data after the year 1999. This could cause
systems to process critical information incorrectly. Over the past few years,
the Company has been steadily reengineering its business processes and
information systems to prepare for the conversion to year 2000. Based on our
analysis of significant Year 2000 issues, management believes that the Company
has taken and is taking appropriate and timely actions. The Company's Year 2000
compliance plan includes three phases discussed in greater detail below. Each
significant internal and external information technology and non-information
technology system that may possibly be affected by a Year 2000 problem,
(hereinafter collectively, the "System[s]") had to be confirmed as Year 2000
compliant in Phase One or be successfully tested through phases Two and Three to
be considered Year 2000 ready.

Phase One of the Compliance Plan involved a comprehensive audit to identify all
internal and external Systems. Once identified, each System was reviewed and
categorized as compliant or non-compliant. In addition, initial contingency
plans were developed based on the importance of any non-compliant system. Phase
Two involved correcting those Systems identified in Phase One as non-compliant,
initial testing (as well as additional testing if needed) of individual internal
Systems, a Year 2000 readiness audit of all existing software by an external
consultant, and formalization of contingency plans. Phase Three involved
comprehensive simultaneous Company wide testing of internal locations and
Systems, final confirmation of the readiness of external Systems, and
finalization of contingency plans. Testing in Phase Two and Phase Three included
setting internal System clocks ahead to simulate the change from 1999 into 2000
and monitoring System performance before, during, and after the simulated date
change.

A significant step in moving towards Year 2000 readiness was taken in the second
quarter of 1998 when a comprehensive enterprise wide system (which had been
installed in over 4,400 companies and is Year 2000 compliant) was purchased.
Implementation of the enterprise wide system began immediately thereafter. In
1998, the Company also engaged a consultant, knowledgeable in the enterprise
wide system being installed, to advise and assist in the installation and
implementation of the system. To further assure readiness, the Company converted
all PC's to Year 2000 compliant Pentium chip PC's by December 1999.

As part of Phases One, Two, and Three the Company developed and updated
contingency plans and will continue to refine them as test data and other
information regarding possible Year 2000 issues develop. Current contingency
plans include identifying alternate means of supply, determining appropriate
levels of safety stock, contacting customers to coordinate orders, arranging
alternate means of placing orders, and printing hard copies of reports that may
otherwise be available only on computer. In addition, combined action teams are
prepared and trained to assure rapid response if needed. The reasonable worst
case scenario is an interruption of normal business operations. If Year 2000
issues present themselves, the amount of lost revenue would depend on the
duration of the problem and the amount of deliverable goods in inventory.

The Company also worked with its customers, suppliers and third-party service
providers to identify external weaknesses and provide solutions which will
prevent the disruption of business activities; it does not believe that it will
be significantly affected by direct suppliers of raw materials or supplies that
might be non-compliant. The Company's actions included surveying vendors and
customers with which it has a material relationship. To date, the Company has
not received any responses that indicate the possibility of significant
problems. However, the Company cannot guarantee that Year 2000 related systems
or hardware issues of its business partners will be corrected in a timely manner
or that the failure of its business partners to correct these issues would not
have a material adverse effect on its future results of operations or financial
condition. The Company does not believe that it will be significantly affected
by non-compliance by companies outside the United States.

The Company does not expect the cost of implementation to have a material
adverse effect on its future results of operations, liquidity or capital
resources. The total cost of the new enterprise system is estimated at $10
million. This total includes the Year 2000 Project. The new system was not
purchased to solely achieve Year 2000 compliance in the Company's information
systems. Instead it was purchased to provide management with the information and
tools that it needs to better manage the Company. The Year 2000 issue slightly
accelerated the timetable for implementation, however. Of the total project
cost, $9 million represents the purchase of new software, new hardware, and
related implementation costs, which have been or will be capitalized. As of the
end of the fiscal 1999, the Company has spent approximately $8 million on the
project.
<PAGE>   23
MARKET RISK:

The Company is exposed to market risk for changes in market prices of its
various types of investments. The Company's investments include equity
securities, a financial instrument entered into in order to hedge its equity
securities, and an investment partnership included in its investments in
affiliated companies. The Company does not use these securities for trading
purposes and is not party to any leveraged derivatives.

The Company's equity securities portfolio, which totaled $23,057 at November 27,
1999, is diversified among over twenty different medium to large capitalization
interests. The Company entered into an equity collar in 1999 to reduce its
exposure to fluctuations in the market value of these securities. Subsequent to
yearend, management decided to liquidate this financial instrument and enter
into a new financial instrument which more clearly correlates to its equity
portfolio. Although there are no maturity dates for the Company's equity
investments, management has plans to liquidate both its current equity portfolio
and the related financial instrument on a scheduled basis over the next five
years. See Note E to the Consolidated Financial statements for more information
on these investment securities.

The Company's investment in a limited partnership, which totaled $58,000 at
November 27, 1999, invests in various other private limited partnerships which
contain contractual commitments with elements of market risk. These contractual
commitments, which include fixed-income securities and derivatives, may involve
future settlements, which give rise to both market and credit risk. The
investment partnership's exposure to market risk is determined by a number of
factors, including the size, composition, and diversification of positions held,
volatility of interest, market currency rates, and liquidity.

SAFE-HARBOR, FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:

This discussion contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning
of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the
financial condition, results of operations and business of Bassett Furniture
Industries, Incorporated. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks
and uncertainties. No assurance can be given that any such matters will be
realized. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially
from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

- -       competitive conditions in the home furnishings industry
- -       general economic conditions that are less favorable than expected
- -       overall consumer demand for home furnishings
- -       new BFD openings
- -       cost and availability of raw materials and labor
- -       information and technology advances, including Year 2000 issues
- -       success of marketing and advertising campaigns
- -       future tax legislation, or regulatory or judicial positions related to
        COLI
<PAGE>   24
INVESTOR INFORMATION

CORPORATE INFORMATION:

The Company's annual report and proxy statement together contain substantially
all the information presented in the Form 10-K report filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission. Individuals who wish to receive the Form 10-K or other
corporate literature should contact Grover S. Elliott, Vice President, Finance
and Investor Relations at 336-725-7996.

INVESTOR INQUIRIES:

Securities analysts, portfolio managers and other representatives of financial
institutions seeking information about the corporation should contact Grover S.
Elliott, Vice President, Finance and Investor Relations at 336-725-7996.

TRANSFER AGENT/STOCKHOLDER INQUIRIES:

Stockholders with inquiries relating to stockholder records, stock transfers,
change of ownership, change of address or dividend payments should write to Jane
Wilson at the corporate headquarters.

ANNUAL MEETING:

The Bassett Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held Tuesday, March 28, 2000,
at 11:30 a.m. at the Company's showroom building in Thomasville, North Carolina.

MARKET AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION:

Bassett's common stock trades on the NASDAQ national market system under the
symbol "BSET." The Company had approximately 1,700 registered stockholders at
November 27, 1999. The range of per share amounts for high and low market prices
and dividends declared for the last two fiscal years are listed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Market Prices of Common Stock                                         Dividends Declared

Quarter                       1999                             1998               1999            1998

                 High             Low             High            Low
<S>              <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
First            $27.00           $19.87           $31.25          $25.63         .20             .20
Second           $24.31           $19.50            33.50           29.34         .20             .20
Third            $24.91           $20.37            31.88           24.13         .20             .20
Fourth           $20.25           $15.87            29.69           19.94         .20             .20
</TABLE>

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements as defined in the Private
Securities Litigation and Reform Act of 1995 and within the meaning of Sections
27A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. When used in this Annual Report the
words "hope," "believe," "expect," "plan" or "planned," "intend," "anticipate,"
"potential" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking
statements. Readers are cautioned against placing undue reliance on these
statements. Such statements, including but not limited to increases in sales,
growth in the number of At Home with Bassett & Bassett Furniture Direct stores,
maintaining and expanding traditional channels of distribution, improving gross
margins, growth in earnings per share, changes in capital structure, royalties,
and the expansion of LRG based upon management's beliefs, as well as assumptions
made by and information currently available to management, and involve various
risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. The
Company's actual results could differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking statement made by or on behalf of the Company.

If the Company does not attain its goals, its business and results of operations
might be adversely affected. For a discussion of factors that may impair the
Company's ability to achieve its goals, please see the cautionary statements in
the Management's Discussion and Analysis sections of this Annual Report.

<PAGE>   25

WEB SITE:

Our Web site on the Internet is filled with information about Bassett Furniture,
including this annual report, detailed financial information and updates,
information about our fine home furnishings products, and a directory of Bassett
Furniture Direct stores and other stores that feature Bassett products. Visit us
at www.bassettfurniture.com.



<PAGE>   1
                        EXHIBIT 21 - LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES


(a)      Bassett Furniture Industries of North Carolina, Inc. (North Carolina
         Corporation)

(b)      The E.B. Malone Corporation (Delaware Corporation)

(c)      Bassett Direct Stores Inc. (Virginia Corporation)

<PAGE>   1




                                                                    EXHIBIT 23A
                            [ARTHUR ANDERSEN LOGO]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports dated January 17, 2000 included in and incorporated by reference in this
Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statement File Nos.
33-52405, 33-52407 and 333-60327.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN


Greensboro, North Carolina,
 February 24, 2000.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 23B




                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS




Board of Directors
Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated
Bassett, Virginia

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos.
33-52405, 33-52407 and 333-60327) on Form S-8 of Bassett Furniture Industries,
Incorporated and subsidiaries of our report dated November 22, 1999, relating to
the balance sheets of International Home Furnishings Center Inc. as of October
31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of income, stockholders' equity
(deficit)and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October
31, 1999, which report is incorporated by reference in the November 27, 1999
annual report on Form 10-K of Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and
subsidiaries.



/s/ Dixon Odom PLLC
- --------------------
Dixon Odom PLLC


High Point, North Carolina
February 24, 2000

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          NOV-27-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             NOV-29-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               NOV-27-1999
<CASH>                                           5,740
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   67,289
<ALLOWANCES>                                     2,558
<INVENTORY>                                     50,206
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               136,257
<PP&E>                                         227,439
<DEPRECIATION>                                 134,284
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 342,829
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           56,928
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        60,474
<OTHER-SE>                                     195,277
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   342,829
<SALES>                                        394,412
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               408,156
<CGS>                                          309,316
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  381,938
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 26,218
<INCOME-TAX>                                     8,264
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             17,954
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    17,954
<EPS-BASIC>                                       1.44
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.44


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission